Mitsubishi MR-JET-G Parameter User's Manual PDF

MR-JET-G User's Manual (Parameters)

-MR-JET-_G -MR-JET-_G-N1

Mitsubishi Electric AC Servo System

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS Please read the instructions carefully before using the equipment. To use the equipment correctly, do not attempt to install, operate, maintain, or inspect the equipment until you have read through this manual, installation guide, and appended documents carefully. Do not use the equipment until you have a full knowledge of the equipment, safety information and instructions. In this manual, the safety instruction levels are classified into "WARNING" and "CAUTION".

Note that the CAUTION level may lead to a serious consequence depending on conditions. Please follow the instructions of both levels because they are important to personnel safety. Forbidden actions and required actions are indicated by the following diagrammatic symbols.

In this manual, precautions for hazards that can lead to property damage, instructions for other functions, and other information are shown separately in the "POINT" area. After reading this manual, keep it accessible to the operator.

WARNING Indicates that incorrect handling may cause hazardous conditions, resulting in death or severe injury.

CAUTION Indicates that incorrect handling may cause hazardous conditions, resulting in medium or slight injury.

Indicates a forbidden action. For example, "No Fire" is indicated by .

Indicates a required action. For example, grounding is indicated by .

1

2

[Installation/wiring]

[Setting/adjustment]

[Operation]

[Maintenance]

WARNING To prevent an electric shock, turn off the power and wait for 15 minutes or more before starting wiring

and/or inspection. To prevent an electric shock, ground the servo amplifier. To prevent an electric shock, any person who is involved in wiring should be fully competent to do the

work. To prevent an electric shock, mount the servo amplifier before wiring. To prevent an electric shock, connect the protective earth (PE) terminal of the servo amplifier to the

protective earth (PE) of the cabinet, then connect the grounding lead wire to the ground. To prevent an electric shock, do not touch the conductive parts.

WARNING To prevent an electric shock, do not operate the switches with wet hands.

WARNING To prevent an electric shock, do not operate the switches with wet hands.

WARNING To prevent an electric shock, any person who is involved in inspection should be fully competent to do

the work. To prevent an electric shock, do not operate the switches with wet hands.

ABOUT THE MANUAL

e-Manuals are Mitsubishi Electric FA electronic book manuals that can be browsed with a dedicated tool. e-Manuals enable the following: Searching for desired information in multiple manuals at the same time (manual cross searching) Jumping from a link in a manual to another manual for reference Browsing for hardware specifications by scrolling over the components shown in product illustrations Bookmarking frequently referenced information Copying sample programs to engineering tools

If using the servo for the first time, prepare and use the following related manuals to ensure that the servo is used safely. For the related manuals, refer to the User's Manual (Introduction).

U.S. CUSTOMARY UNITS U.S. customary units are not shown in this manual. Convert the values if necessary according to the following table.

Quantity SI (metric) unit U.S. customary unit Mass 1 [kg] 2.2046 [lb]

Length 1 [mm] 0.03937 [inch]

Torque 1 [Nm] 141.6 [ozinch]

Moment of inertia 1 [( 10-4 kgm2)] 5.4675 [ozinch2]

Load (thrust load/axial load) 1 [N] 0.2248 [lbf]

Temperature N [C] 9/5 + 32 N [F]

Rotary Servo Motor Linear Servo Motor

This manual is necessary primarily for installing, wiring, and using options.

The manual is necessary for operation of servo amplifiers.

The manual is necessary for adjustment of operation status.

The manual is necessary for using communication functions.

The manual is necessary for specifying the causes of alarms and warnings.

Partner Encoder

Function

Adjustment

Object Dictionary

Troubleshooting

Introduction

Hardware

Communication Function

Parameters It describes the parameters of the servo amplifier.

It describes the objects for the servo amplifier.

For the usage of each function, refer to this manual.

3

4

CONTENTS SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 ABOUT THE MANUAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 U.S. CUSTOMARY UNITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3

CHAPTER 1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 11 1.1 Explanation of servo parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 1.2 Basic setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PA_ _ ]) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

[Pr. PA01_Operation mode (**STY)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 [Pr. PA02_Regenerative option (**REG)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 [Pr. PA03_Absolute position detection system (*ABS)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 [Pr. PA04_Function selection A-1 (*AOP1)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 [Pr. PA06_Electronic gear numerator (*CMX)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 [Pr. PA07_Electronic gear denominator (*CDV)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 [Pr. PA08_Auto tuning mode (ATU)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 [Pr. PA09_Auto tuning response (RSP)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 [Pr. PA10_In-position range (INP)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 [Pr. PA11_Forward rotation torque limit (TLP)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 [Pr. PA12_Reverse rotation torque limit (TLN)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 [Pr. PA14_Travel direction selection (*POL)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 [Pr. PA17_Servo motor series setting (**MSR)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 [Pr. PA18_Servo motor type setting (**MTY)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 [Pr. PA19_Servo parameter writing prohibited (*BLK)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 [Pr. PA20_Tough drive setting (*TDS)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 [Pr. PA21_Function selection A-3 (*AOP3)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 [Pr. PA22_Position control configuration selection (**PCS)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 [Pr. PA23_Drive recorder desired alarm trigger setting (DRAT)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 [Pr. PA24_Function selection A-4 (AOP4)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 [Pr. PA25_One-touch tuning - Overshoot permissible level (OTHOV)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 [Pr. PA26_Function selection A-5 (*AOP5)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 [Pr. PA28_Function selection A-6 (**AOP6)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 [Pr. PA34_Quick tuning - Permissible travel distance (QDIS)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

1.3 Gain/filter setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PB_ _ ]) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 [Pr. PB01_Adaptive tuning mode (adaptive filter II) (FILT)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 [Pr. PB02_Vibration suppression control tuning mode (advanced vibration suppression control II) (VRFT)] . . . 28 [Pr. PB03_Torque feedback loop gain (TFBGN)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 [Pr. PB04_Feed forward gain (FFC)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 [Pr. PB06_Load to motor inertia ratio/load to motor mass ratio (GD2)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 [Pr. PB07_Model control gain (PG1)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 [Pr. PB08_Position control gain (PG2)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 [Pr. PB09_Speed control gain (VG2)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 [Pr. PB10_Speed integral compensation (VIC)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 [Pr. PB11_Speed differential compensation (VDC)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 [Pr. PB12_Overshoot amount compensation (OVA)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 [Pr. PB13_Machine resonance suppression filter 1 (NH1)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 [Pr. PB14_Notch shape selection 1 (NHQ1)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 [Pr. PB15_Machine resonance suppression filter 2 (NH2)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 [Pr. PB16_Notch shape selection 2 (NHQ2)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 [Pr. PB17_Shaft resonance suppression filter (NHF)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

C O

N TE

N TS

[Pr. PB18_Low-pass filter setting (LPF)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 [Pr. PB19_Vibration suppression control 1 - Vibration frequency (VRF11)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 [Pr. PB20_Vibration suppression control 1 - Resonance frequency (VRF12)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 [Pr. PB21_Vibration suppression control 1 - Vibration frequency damping (VRF13)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 [Pr. PB22_Vibration suppression control 1 - Resonance frequency damping (VRF14)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 [Pr. PB23_Low-pass filter selection (VFBF)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 [Pr. PB24_Slight vibration suppression control (*MVS)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 [Pr. PB25_Function selection B-1 (*BOP1)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 [Pr. PB26_Gain switching function (*CDP)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 [Pr. PB27_Gain switching condition (CDL)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 [Pr. PB28_Gain switching time constant (CDT)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 [Pr. PB29_Gain switching - Load to motor inertia ratio/load to motor mass ratio (GD2B)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 [Pr. PB30_Gain switching - Position control gain (PG2B)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 [Pr. PB31_Gain switching - Speed control gain (VG2B)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 [Pr. PB32_Gain switching - Speed integral compensation (VICB)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 [Pr. PB33_Gain switching - Vibration suppression control 1 - Vibration frequency (VRF11B)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 [Pr. PB34_Gain switching - Vibration suppression control 1 - Resonance frequency (VRF12B)] . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 [Pr. PB35_Gain switching - Vibration suppression control 1 - Vibration frequency damping (VRF13B)]. . . . . . . 43 [Pr. PB36_Gain switching - Vibration suppression control 1 - Resonance frequency damping (VRF14B)] . . . . 43 [Pr. PB45_Command notch filter (CNHF)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 [Pr. PB46_Machine resonance suppression filter 3 (NH3)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 [Pr. PB47_Notch shape selection 3 (NHQ3)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 [Pr. PB48_Machine resonance suppression filter 4 (NH4)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 [Pr. PB49_Notch shape selection 4 (NHQ4)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 [Pr. PB50_Machine resonance suppression filter 5 (NH5)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 [Pr. PB51_Notch shape selection 5 (NHQ5)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 [Pr. PB52_Vibration suppression control 2 - Vibration frequency (VRF21)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 [Pr. PB53_Vibration suppression control 2 - Resonance frequency (VRF22)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 [Pr. PB54_Vibration suppression control 2 - Vibration frequency damping (VRF23)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 [Pr. PB55_Vibration suppression control 2 - Resonance frequency damping (VRF24)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 [Pr. PB56_Gain switching - Vibration suppression control 2 - Vibration frequency (VRF21B)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 [Pr. PB57_Gain switching - Vibration suppression control 2 - Resonance frequency (VRF22B)] . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 [Pr. PB58_Gain switching - Vibration suppression control 2 - Vibration frequency damping (VRF23B)]. . . . . . . 51 [Pr. PB59_Gain switching - Vibration suppression control 2 - Resonance frequency damping (VRF24B)] . . . . 51 [Pr. PB60_Gain switching - Model control gain (PG1B)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 [Pr. PB65_Gain switching 2 condition (CDL2)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 [Pr. PB66_Gain switching 2 time constant (CDT2)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 [Pr. PB67_Gain switching 2 - Load to motor inertia ratio/load to motor mass ratio (GD2C)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 [Pr. PB68_Gain switching 2 - Position control gain (PG2C)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 [Pr. PB69_Gain switching 2 - Speed control gain (VG2C)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 [Pr. PB70_Gain switching 2 - Speed integral compensation (VICC)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 [Pr. PB71_Gain switching 2 - Vibration suppression control 1 - Vibration frequency (VRF11C)] . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 [Pr. PB72_Gain switching 2 - Vibration suppression control 1 - Resonance frequency (VRF12C)] . . . . . . . . . . 53 [Pr. PB73_Gain switching 2 - Vibration suppression control 1 - Vibration frequency damping (VRF13C)] . . . . . 54 [Pr. PB74_Gain switching 2 - Vibration suppression control 1 - Resonance frequency damping (VRF14C)] . . . 54 [Pr. PB75_Gain switching 2 - Vibration suppression control 2 - Vibration frequency (VRF21C)] . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 [Pr. PB76_Gain switching 2 - Vibration suppression control 2 - Resonance frequency (VRF22C)] . . . . . . . . . . 55 [Pr. PB77_Gain switching 2 - Vibration suppression control 2 - Vibration frequency damping (VRF23C)] . . . . . 55 [Pr. PB78_Gain switching 2 - Vibration suppression control 2 - Resonance frequency damping (VRF24C)] . . . 55 [Pr. PB79_Gain switching 2 - Model control gain (PG1C)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 [Pr. PB81_Command filter (*CFIL)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

5

6

[Pr. PB82_Position command smoothing filter time constant (PFT)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 1.4 Extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PC_ _ ]) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

[Pr. PC01_Excessive error alarm trigger level (ERZ)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 [Pr. PC02_Electromagnetic brake sequence output (MBR)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 [Pr. PC04_Function selection C-1 (**COP1)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 [Pr. PC05_Function selection C-2 (**COP2)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 [Pr. PC06_Function selection C-3 (*COP3)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 [Pr. PC07_Zero speed (ZSP)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 [Pr. PC08_Overspeed alarm detection level (OSL)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 [Pr. PC17_Function selection C-4 (**COP4)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 [Pr. PC19_Function selection C-6 (*COP6)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 [Pr. PC20_Function selection C-7 (*COP7)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 [Pr. PC21_Alarm history clear (*BPS)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 [Pr. PC24_Deceleration time constant at forced stop (RSBR)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 [Pr. PC26_Function selection C-8 (**COP8)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 [Pr. PC27_Function selection C-9 (**COP9)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 [Pr. PC29_Function selection C-B (*COPB)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 [Pr. PC31_Vertical axis freefall prevention compensation amount (RSUP1)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 [Pr. PC38_Excessive error warning trigger level (ERW)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 [Pr. PC41_Function selection C-J (*COPJ)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 [Pr. PC65_Zero speed 2 level (ZSP2L)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 [Pr. PC66_Zero speed 2 filtering time (ZSP2F)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 [Pr. PC67_Following error output level (FEW)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 [Pr. PC69_Following error output filtering time (FEWF)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 [Pr. PC70_In-position 2 - Output range (INP2R)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 [Pr. PC71_In-position 2 - Output filtering time (INP2F)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 [Pr. PC72_Speed reached 2 - Output range (SA2R)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 [Pr. PC73_Speed reached 2 - Output filtering time (SA2F)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 [Pr. PC76_Function selection C-E (*COPE)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 [Pr. PC78_Function selection C-F (*COPF)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 [Pr. PC79_Function selection C-G (*COPG)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

1.5 I/O setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PD_ _ ]) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 [Pr. PD01_Input signal automatic ON selection 1 (*DIA1)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 [Pr. PD03_Input device selection 1 (*DI1)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 [Pr. PD04_Input device selection 2 (*DI2)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 [Pr. PD05_Input device selection 3 (*DI3)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 [Pr. PD07_Output device selection 1 (*DO1)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 [Pr. PD08_Output device selection 2 (*DO2)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 [Pr. PD09_Output device selection 3 (*DO3)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 [Pr. PD11_Input filter setting (*DIF)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 [Pr. PD12_Function selection D-1 (*DOP1)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 [Pr. PD13_Function selection D-2 (*DOP2)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 [Pr. PD14_Function selection D-3 (*DOP3)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 [Pr. PD41_Function selection D-4 (*DOP4)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 [Pr. PD60_DI pin polarity selection (*DIP)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

1.6 Extension setting 2 servo parameters group ([Pr. PE_ _ ]) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 [Pr. PE41_Function selection E-3 (EOP3)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 [Pr. PE44_Lost motion compensation positive-side compensation value selection (LMCP)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 [Pr. PE45_Lost motion compensation negative-side compensation value selection (LMCN)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 [Pr. PE46_Lost motion filter setting (LMFLT)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 [Pr. PE47_Unbalanced torque offset (TOF)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

C O

N TE

N TS

[Pr. PE48_Lost motion compensation function selection (*LMOP)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 [Pr. PE49_Lost motion compensation timing (LMCD)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 [Pr. PE50_Lost motion compensation dead band (LMCT)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 [Pr. PE53_Maximum torque limit 1 (TLMX1)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

1.7 Extension setting 3 servo parameters group ([Pr. PF_ _ ]) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 [Pr. PF02_Function selection F-2 (*FOP2)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 [Pr. PF06_Function selection F-5 (*FOP5)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 [Pr. PF12_Electronic dynamic brake operating time (DBT)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 [Pr. PF21_Drive recorder switching time setting (DRT)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 [Pr. PF23_Vibration tough drive - Oscillation detection level (OSCL1)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 [Pr. PF24_Function selection F-9 (*FOP9)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 [Pr. PF25_Instantaneous power failure tough drive detection time (CVAT)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 [Pr. PF29_Function selection F-10 (*FOP10)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 [Pr. PF31_Machine diagnosis function - Friction estimate area judgment speed at low speed (FRIC)] . . . . . . . 84 [Pr. PF32_Oscillation detection alarm time (*VIBT)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 [Pr. PF34_Machine diagnosis function selection (*MFP)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 [Pr. PF80_Drive recorder - Operation condition selection (DRMC)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 [Pr. PF81_Drive recorder - Sampling operation selection (DRMS)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 [Pr. PF82_Drive recorder - Trigger operation selection (DRTM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 [Pr. PF84_Drive recorder - Trigger channel selection (DRTC)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 [Pr. PF85_Drive recorder - Trigger level setting 1 (DRTL1)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 [Pr. PF86_Drive recorder - Trigger level setting 2 (DRTL2)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 [Pr. PF87_Drive recorder - Analog channel setting 1 (DRAC1)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 [Pr. PF88_Drive recorder - Analog channel setting 2 (DRAC2)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 [Pr. PF89_Drive recorder - Analog channel setting 3 (DRAC3)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 [Pr. PF90_Drive recorder - Analog channel setting 4 (DRAC4)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 [Pr. PF91_Drive recorder - Digital channel setting 1 (DRDC1)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 [Pr. PF92_Drive recorder - Digital channel setting 2 (DRDC2)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 [Pr. PF93_Drive recorder - Digital channel setting 3 (DRDC3)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 [Pr. PF94_Drive recorder - Digital channel setting 4 (DRDC4)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 [Pr. PF95_Drive recorder - Clear history (*DRCLR)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

1.8 Motor extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PL_ _ ]) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 [Pr. PL01_Function selection L-1 (**LIT1)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 [Pr. PL02_Linear encoder resolution setting - Numerator (**LIM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 [Pr. PL03_Linear encoder resolution setting - Denominator (**LID)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 [Pr. PL04_Function selection L-2 (*LIT2)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 [Pr. PL05_Position deviation error detection level (LB1)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 [Pr. PL06_Speed deviation error detection level (LB2)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 [Pr. PL07_Torque deviation error detection level (LB3)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 [Pr. PL08_Function selection L-3 (*LIT3)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 [Pr. PL09_Magnetic pole detection voltage level (LPWM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 [Pr. PL17_Magnetic pole detection - Minute position detection method - Function selection (LTSTS)] . . . . . . 101 [Pr. PL18_Magnetic pole detection - Minute position detection method - Identification signal amplitude (IDLV)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

1.9 Positioning control setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PT_ _ ]). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 [Pr. PT01_Command mode selection (**CTY)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 [Pr. PT02_Function selection T-1 (*TOP1)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 [Pr. PT03_Feed function selection (*FTY)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 [Pr. PT05_Homing speed (ZRF)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 [Pr. PT06_Creep speed (CRF)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 [Pr. PT07_Home position shift distance (ZST)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

7

8

[Pr. PT08_Homing position data (ZPS)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 [Pr. PT09_Travel distance after proximity dog (DCT)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 [Pr. PT10_Stopper type homing - Stopping time (ZTM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 [Pr. PT11_Stopper type homing - Torque limit value (ZTT)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 [Pr. PT12_Rough match output range (CRP)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 [Pr. PT15_Software position limit + (LMP)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 [Pr. PT17_Software position limit - (LMN)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 [Pr. PT19_Position range output 1 address + (*LPP1)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 [Pr. PT21_Position range output 1 address - (*LNP1)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 [Pr. PT29_Function selection T-3 (*TOP3)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 [Pr. PT34_Positioning operation data default (**PDEF)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 [Pr. PT38_Function selection T-7 (**TOP7)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 [Pr. PT41_Function selection T-8 (TOP8)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 [Pr. PT45_Homing method (HMM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 [Pr. PT49_Speed acceleration time constant (STA)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 [Pr. PT50_Speed deceleration time constant (STB)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 [Pr. PT51_S-pattern acceleration/deceleration time constants (STC)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 [Pr. PT53_Torque slope (TQS)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 [Pr. PT55_Function selection T-10 (*TOP10)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 [Pr. PT56_Homing acceleration time constant (HMA)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 [Pr. PT57_Homing deceleration time constant (HMB)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 [Pr. PT65_Profile speed command (PVC)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 [Pr. PT66_Maximum profile speed (MPVC)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 [Pr. PT67_Speed limit (VLMT)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 [Pr. PT68_Function selection T-11 (**TOP11)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

1.10 Network setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PN_ _ ]) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 [Pr. PN02_Communication error - Detection time (CERT)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 [Pr. PN05_Communication error - Detection frequency setting (CERI)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 [Pr. PN13_Network protocol setting (**NPS)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 [Pr. PN20_Parameter automatic backup update interval (**PABI)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 [Pr. PN22_Function selection N-5 (**NOP5)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

1.11 Positioning extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PV_ _ ]) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 [Pr. PV01_Profile speed command extension setting (PVC2)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 [Pr. PV03_Maximum profile speed extension setting (MPVCE)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 [Pr. PV05_Profile acceleration (PACC)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 [Pr. PV07_Profile deceleration (PDEC)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 [Pr. PV09_Deceleration at forced stop (RSBDEC)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 [Pr. PV11_Homing speed extension setting (ZRFE)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 [Pr. PV13_Creep speed extension setting (CRFE)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 [Pr. PV15_Homing acceleration (HMACC)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 [Pr. PV17_Homing deceleration (HMDEC)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 [Pr. PV19_Speed reached 2 - Output range - Extension setting (SA2RE)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 [Pr. PV20_Zero speed 2 level extension setting (ZSP2LE)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 [Pr. PV21_Speed limit extension setting (VLMTE)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 [Pr. PV23_Speed unit conversion - Electronic gear numerator (*VCMX)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 [Pr. PV24_Speed unit conversion - Electronic gear denominator (*VCDV)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 [Pr. PV25_Acceleration unit conversion - Electronic gear numerator (*ACMX)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 [Pr. PV26_Acceleration unit conversion - Electronic gear denominator (*ACDV)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 [Pr. PV29_Acceleration limit (ACCLMT)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 [Pr. PV31_Deceleration limit (DECLMT)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

C O

N TE

N TS

CHAPTER 2 LISTS OF SERVO PARAMETER SUPPORTED MODES 126 2.1 Structure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 2.2 Lists of supported control modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Basic setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PA_ _ ]) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Gain/filter setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PB_ _ ]). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PC_ _ ]) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 I/O setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PD_ _ ]) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Extension setting 2 servo parameters group ([Pr. PE_ _ ]) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Extension setting 3 servo parameters group ([Pr. PF_ _ ]) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Motor extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PL_ _ ]) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Positioning control setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PT_ _ ]) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Network setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PN_ _ ]). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Positioning extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PV_ _ ]) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

CHAPTER 3 LISTS OF SERVO PARAMETER INITIAL VALUES 136 3.1 Basic setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PA_ _ ]) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 3.2 Gain/filter setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PB_ _ ]) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 3.3 Extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PC_ _ ]) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 3.4 I/O setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PD_ _ ]) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 3.5 Extension setting 2 servo parameters group ([Pr. PE_ _ ]) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 3.6 Extension setting 3 servo parameters group ([Pr. PF_ _ ]) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 3.7 Motor extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PL_ _ ]) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 3.8 Positioning control setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PT_ _ ]). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 3.9 Network setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PN_ _ ]) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 3.10 Positioning extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PV_ _ ]) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

CHAPTER 4 SERVO PARAMETER SETTING METHOD 153 4.1 Engineering tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 4.2 Object dictionary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

CHAPTER 5 NETWORK PARAMETER DETAILS 155 5.1 Network basic parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

[Pr. NPA01_IP address setting] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 [Pr. NPA02_IP address] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 [Pr. NPA04_Subnet mask] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 [Pr. NPA08_Host name]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 [Pr. NPA12_Communication speed] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

5.2 User authentication parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 [Pr. NPB01_User authentication and authorization setting]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 [Pr. NPB04_User name No.1] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 [Pr. NPB05_Authorization level No.1] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 [Pr. NPB06_Password No.1] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 [Pr. NPB07_User name No.2] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 [Pr. NPB08_Authorization level No.2] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 [Pr. NPB09_Password No.2] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 [Pr. NPB10_User name No.3] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 [Pr. NPB11_Authorization level No.3] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 [Pr. NPB12_Password No.3] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 [Pr. NPB13_User name No.4] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 [Pr. NPB14_Authorization level No.4] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

9

10

[Pr. NPB15_Password No.4] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 [Pr. NPB16_User name No.5] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 [Pr. NPB17_Authorization level No.5] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 [Pr. NPB18_Password No.5] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 [Pr. NPB19_User name No.6] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 [Pr. NPB20_Authorization level No.6] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 [Pr. NPB21_Password No.6] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 [Pr. NPB22_User name No.7] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 [Pr. NPB23_Authorization level No.7] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 [Pr. NPB24_Password No.7] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 [Pr. NPB25_User name No.8] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 [Pr. NPB26_Authorization level No.8] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 [Pr. NPB27_Password No.8] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

CHAPTER 6 NETWORK PARAMETER SETTING METHOD 164 6.1 Engineering tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 REVISIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166 WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167 TRADEMARKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168

1

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS

Restrictions Settable servo parameters and values depend on the controller model, servo amplifier firmware version, and MR Configurator2 software version. For details, refer to the controller user's manual. Refer to the Mitsubishi Electric FA site for the latest software version of MR Configurator2. In addition, the firmware version of the servo amplifier can be checked with MR Configurator2, objects, or by other means.

Precautions Never make a drastic adjustment or change to the servo parameter values as doing so will make the operation unstable. Do not change the servo parameter settings as described below. Doing so may cause an unexpected condition, such as failing to start up the servo amplifier. Changing the values of the servo parameters for manufacturer setting Setting a value outside the range Changing the fixed value in each servo parameter When writing servo parameters with the controller, make sure that the control axis No. of the servo amplifier is set correctly. Failure to do so may cause the servo parameter settings of another axis to be written and result in the servo amplifier being in an unexpected condition. Some servo parameters are adjusted automatically. For example, auto tuning automatically adjusts gain servo parameters. Some servo parameters correspond to the objects that can be updated periodically in cyclic communication. For example, [Pr. PT45 Homing method] corresponds to [Homing method (Obj. 6098h)]. When a relevant object is mapped in cyclic communication, the controller overwrites the servo parameter value written with engineering tools. Thus, do not write a value with the engineering tools.

1.1 Explanation of servo parameters For how to interpret the servo parameter numbers, refer to "Interpreting servo parameter numbers" in User's Manual (Introduction). The following explains how to read the details of servo parameters.

Item Explanation No. Indicates the servo parameter No., which

can be identified by the servo parameter group and number.

Servo parameter No., symbols, and names are indicated as follows.

Symbol Indicates the abbreviation of the servo parameter. "*" added to abbreviations means the following. *: After setting, cycle the power, or reset either the controller or the software. **: After setting, cycle the power or reset the software.

Name Indicates the name of the servo parameter.

Initial value (unit)

Indicates the servo parameter initial value at factory setting. When there is a unit in the servo parameter, the unit is shown with [ ].

Setting range Indicates the setting range of the servo parameter.

Ver. Indicates the supported firmware version of the servo amplifier. The servo parameter is available on servo amplifiers with the firmware version or later.

[Pr. PA01 Operation mode (**STY)] Symbol Name No./Detail No.

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.1 Explanation of servo parameters 11

12

1.2 Basic setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PA_ _ ]) [Pr. PA01_Operation mode (**STY)]

[Pr. PA01.0_Control mode selection]

Select a control mode. 0: Network standard mode 6: Positioning mode (point table method) The control modes that can be used for each network are as follows.

*1 Available on servo amplifiers with firmware version C0 or later. Setting a value other than "0" and "6" triggers [AL. 037 Parameter error].

[Pr. PA01.1_Operation mode selection]

0: Standard control mode 4: Linear servo motor control mode The setting value "4" can be used on servo amplifiers with firmware version B2 or later.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00003000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text B8

Network Supported control mode

[Pr. PN13.0-3 Network protocol setting] *1 [Pr. PA01.0] = "0" [Pr. PA01.0] = "6" 0000h (CC-Link IE TSN) csp/csv/cst/pp/pv/tq/hm/ct pt/jg/hm

0004h (CC-Link IE Field Network Basic) pp/pv/tq/hm pt/jg/hm

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.2 Basic setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PA_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PA02_Regenerative option (**REG)]

[Pr. PA02.0-1_Regenerative option selection]

Select a regenerative option. Incorrect setting may cause the regenerative option to burn. If a selected regenerative option is not for use with the servo amplifier, [AL. 037 Parameter error] occurs. 00: Regenerative option is not used. No regenerative resistors are used on servo amplifiers with a capacity of 100 W/200 W. Built-in regenerative resistors are used on servo amplifiers with a capacity of 0.4 kW to 3.0 kW. 02: MR-RB032 03: MR-RB12 05: MR-RB30 06: MR-RB50 (A cooling fan is required.) 0D: MR-RB14 0E: MR-RB34

[Pr. PA03_Absolute position detection system (*ABS)]

[Pr. PA03.0_Absolute position detection system selection]

Set this servo parameter when using the absolute position detection system. If the absolute position detection system is switched to the incremental system, the home position is erased. Execute homing again when the absolute position detection system is enabled. 0: Disabled (incremental system) 1: Enabled (absolute position detection system) In the following case, enabling the absolute position detection system triggers [AL. 037 Parameter error]. When an incremental type encoder is being used

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.2 Basic setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PA_ _ ]) 13

14

[Pr. PA04_Function selection A-1 (*AOP1)]

[Pr. PA04.2_Servo forced stop selection]

0: Enabled (the forced stop input EM2 or EM1 is used) 1: Disabled (the forced stop input EM2 and EM1 are not used)

[Pr. PA04.3_Forced stop deceleration function selection]

0: Forced stop deceleration function disabled (EM1 is used) 2: Forced stop deceleration function enabled (EM2 is used)

[Pr. PA06_Electronic gear numerator (*CMX)]

Set the electronic gear numerator. This servo parameter corresponds to [Motor revolutions (Obj. 6091h: 01h)]. When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools. If the electronic gear is set to a value outside the setting range, noise may be generated during acceleration/deceleration, or operation may not be performed at the preset speed and/or acceleration/deceleration time constants. The setting range of the electronic gear ([Pr. PA06]/[Pr. PA07 Electronic gear denominator]) is as follows.

When [Pr. PT01.2 Unit for position data] is set to "2" (degree), the following two conditions must be met as well: When the electronic gear (CMX/CDV) is reduced to the lowest terms, its numerator and denominator are 16384 (214) or

less. When (CMX encoder resolution [pulse])/(CDV 360000) is reduced to the lowest terms, its numerator and denominator

are 2147483647 (231-1) or less.

[Pr. PA07_Electronic gear denominator (*CDV)]

Set the electronic gear denominator. Refer to the condition range of [Pr. PA06 Electronic gear numerator] for the electronic gear settings. Page 14 [Pr. PA06_Electronic gear numerator (*CMX)] This servo parameter corresponds to [Shaft revolutions (Obj. 6091h: 02h)]. When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00002000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 2h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 1 1 to 2147483647 A4

Encoder resolution [pulse] Setting range (CMX/CDV) 4194304 1/256 to 524288

Initial value Setting range Ver. 1 1 to 2147483647 A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.2 Basic setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PA_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PA08_Auto tuning mode (ATU)]

[Pr. PA08.0_Gain adjustment mode selection]

Select the gain adjustment mode. 0: 2 gain adjustment mode 1 (interpolation mode) 1: Auto tuning mode 1 2: Auto tuning mode 2 3: Manual mode 4: 2 gain adjustment mode 2 5: Quick tuning mode 6: Load to motor inertia ratio monitor mode Refer to the following table for details.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000001h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 1h Refer to the text A4

Setting value of [Pr. PA08.0] Gain adjustment mode Servo parameter adjusted automatically 0 2 gain adjustment mode 1 (interpolation mode) [Pr. PB06 Load to motor inertia ratio/load to motor

mass ratio] [Pr. PB08 Position control gain] [Pr. PB09 Speed control gain] [Pr. PB10 Speed integral compensation]

1 Auto tuning mode 1 [Pr. PB06 Load to motor inertia ratio/load to motor mass ratio] [Pr. PB07 Model control gain] [Pr. PB08 Position control gain] [Pr. PB09 Speed control gain] [Pr. PB10 Speed integral compensation]

2 Auto tuning mode 2 [Pr. PB07 Model control gain] [Pr. PB08 Position control gain] [Pr. PB09 Speed control gain] [Pr. PB10 Speed integral compensation]

3 Manual mode

4 2 gain adjustment mode 2 [Pr. PB08 Position control gain] [Pr. PB09 Speed control gain] [Pr. PB10 Speed integral compensation]

5 Quick tuning mode [Pr. PB07 Model control gain] [Pr. PB08 Position control gain] [Pr. PB09 Speed control gain] [Pr. PB10 Speed integral compensation] [Pr. PB13 Machine resonance suppression filter 1] [Pr. PB14 Notch shape selection 1] [Pr. PB15 Machine resonance suppression filter 2] [Pr. PB16 Notch shape selection 2] [Pr. PB18 Low-pass filter setting] [Pr. PB23 Low-pass filter selection] [Pr. PB50 Machine resonance suppression filter 5] [Pr. PB51 Notch shape selection 5] [Pr. PE41 Function selection E-3]

6 Load to motor inertia ratio monitor mode [Pr. PB06 Load to motor inertia ratio/load to motor mass ratio]

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.2 Basic setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PA_ _ ]) 15

16

[Pr. PA08.4_Quick tuning - Load to motor inertia ratio setting]

Set the load to motor inertia ratio at quick tuning. If the load connected to the servo motor is larger than the load to motor inertia ratio set in the servo parameter, an overshoot may occur in positioning operation after quick tuning. 0: Load to motor inertia ratio of 30 times or less 1: Load to motor inertia ratio of 100 times or less

[Pr. PA08.5_Quick tuning - Execution selection]

Set when to execute quick tuning. 0: At initial servo-on after cycling the power 1: At every servo-on

[Pr. PA08.6_Quick tuning - Restore selection]

Set whether to return servo parameters to the values from before quick tuning. 0: Disabled 1: Enabled By setting "1" (enabled), the following servo parameters return to the values from before quick tuning. If quick tuning has never been performed after power on or software reset, setting "1" (enabled) only keeps the current servo parameter values.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

No. Symbol Name PB01 FILT Adaptive tuning mode (adaptive filter II)

PB07 PG1 Model control gain

PB08 PG2 Position control gain

PB09 VG2 Speed control gain

PB10 VIC Speed integral compensation

PB11 VDC Speed differential compensation

PB13 NH1 Machine resonance suppression filter 1

PB14 NHQ1 Notch shape selection 1

PB15 NH2 Machine resonance suppression filter 2

PB16 NHQ2 Notch shape selection 2

PB18 LPF Low-pass filter setting

PB23 VFBF Low-pass filter selection

PB50 NH5 Machine resonance suppression filter 5

PB51 NHQ5 Notch shape selection 5

PE41 EOP3 Function selection E-3

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.2 Basic setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PA_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PA09_Auto tuning response (RSP)]

Set the auto tuning response.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 16 Refer to the text A4

Setting value Machine characteristic

Responsiveness Guideline for machine resonance frequency [Hz] 1 2.7

2 3.6

3 4.9

4 6.6

5 10.0

6 11.3

7 12.7

8 14.3

9 16.1

10 18.1

11 20.4

12 23.0

13 25.9

14 29.2

15 32.9

16 37.0

17 41.7

18 47.0

19 52.9

20 59.6

21 67.1

22 75.6

23 85.2

24 95.9

25 108.0

26 121.7

27 137.1

28 154.4

29 173.9

30 195.9

31 220.6

32 248.5

33 279.9

34 315.3

35 355.1

36 400.0

37 446.6

38 501.2

39 571.5

40 642.7

Low response

Middle response

High response

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.2 Basic setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PA_ _ ]) 17

18

[Pr. PA10_In-position range (INP)]

Set the in-position range in the command pulse unit. With the setting of [Pr. PC06.0 In-position range unit selection], the unit can be changed to the servo motor encoder pulse unit. In-position range setting

*1 Available on servo amplifiers with firmware version B8 or later. In-position range unit

*1 The command unit can be changed to 0.001 mm, 0.0001 inch, 0.001 degree or pulses with [Pr. PT01.2 Unit for position data].

[Pr. PA11_Forward rotation torque limit (TLP)]

The torque or thrust generated by the servo motor can be limited. Set this servo parameter in relation to the rated torque or continuous thrust (= 100.0 %). Set the servo parameter when limiting the torque of the servo motor for CCW power running or CW regeneration, or when limiting the thrust of the linear servo motor for positive direction power running or negative direction regeneration. If this servo parameter is set to "0.0", the servo motor does not generate torque or thrust. The polarity of the torque limit can be changed with the setting values of [Pr. PA14 Travel direction selection] and [Pr. PC29.3 Torque POL reflection selection]. This parameter corresponds to [Positive torque limit value (Obj. 60E0h)]. When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools. Depending on the settings in [Pr. PC29.3] and [Pr. PA14], the corresponding object changes to [Negative torque limit value (Obj. 60E1h)]. If a value larger than the maximum torque or maximum thrust of the servo motor is set, the value will be limited to the maximum torque or maximum thrust of the servo motor.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 1600 [Refer to the text below for the unit.] 0 to 16777215 A4

Control mode In-position setting range Cyclic synchronous mode Range where in-position (INP) is output

Positioning mode (point table method) *1 Range where MEND (traveling completion) and INP (in-position) are output

[Pr. PC06.0 In-position range unit selection] setting value

Unit

0 (command unit) Position command unit *1

1 (servo motor encoder pulse unit) pulse

Initial value Setting range Ver. 1000.0 [%] 0.0 to 1000.0 A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.2 Basic setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PA_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PA12_Reverse rotation torque limit (TLN)]

The torque or thrust generated by the servo motor can be limited. Set this servo parameter in relation to the rated torque or continuous thrust (= 100.0 %). Set the servo parameter to limit the torque of the servo motor for CW power running or CCW regeneration, or to limit the thrust of the linear servo motor for positive direction power running or negative direction regeneration. If this servo parameter is set to "0.0", the servo motor does not generate torque or thrust. The polarity of the torque limit can be changed with the setting values of [Pr. PA14 Travel direction selection] and [Pr. PC29.3 Torque POL reflection selection]. This servo parameter corresponds to [Negative torque limit value (Obj. 60E1h)]. When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools. Depending on the settings in [Pr. PC29.3] and [Pr. PA14], the corresponding object changes to [Positive torque limit value (Obj. 60E0h)]. If a value larger than the maximum torque or maximum thrust of the servo motor is set, the value will be limited to the maximum torque or maximum thrust of the servo motor.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 1000.0 [%] 0.0 to 1000.0 A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.2 Basic setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PA_ _ ]) 19

20

[Pr. PA14_Travel direction selection (*POL)]

The rotation/travel direction can be changed without changing the polarity of the command from the controller. The polarities of the position and speed information are changed by the setting value of [Pr. PA14 Travel direction selection]. Torque information changes with the combination of [Pr. PA14] and [Pr. PC29.3 Torque POL reflection selection]. The rotation/travel direction is enabled regardless of the control modes. For example, when the torque polarity is changed with [Pr. PA14] and [Pr. PC29.3], the torque information polarity will also change in the position mode and positioning mode. Position information

Speed information

Torque information

The servo motor rotation direction is as follows.

The positive and negative directions of the linear servo motor are as follows.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 0 to 1 A4

Setting value of [Pr. PA14]

Servo motor rotation direction/linear servo motor travel direction

Positioning address increasing direction Positioning address decreasing direction 0 CCW or positive direction CW or negative direction

1 CW or negative direction CCW or positive direction

Setting value of [Pr. PA14]

Servo motor rotation direction/linear servo motor travel direction

Speed handled by the controller: positive Speed handled by the controller: negative 0 CCW or positive direction CW or negative direction

1 CW or negative direction CCW or positive direction

Setting value Servo motor rotation direction/linear servo motor travel direction

[Pr. PA14] [Pr. PC29.3] Torque handled by the controller: positive

Torque handled by the controller: negative

0 0: Enabled CCW or positive direction CW or negative direction

1: Disabled

1 0: Enabled CW or negative direction CCW or positive direction

1: Disabled CCW or positive direction CW or negative direction

Forward rotation (CCW) Forward rotation (CCW) Reverse rotation (CW)

Reverse rotation (CW)

Secondary side

Primary side

Positive direction

Negative direction

LM-H3 series

Secondary side

Primary side

Negative direction

Positive direction

LM-AJ series

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.2 Basic setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PA_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PA17_Servo motor series setting (**MSR)]

To select the linear servo motor to be used, set this servo parameter and [Pr. PA18.0-3 Servo motor type setting]. Set this at the same time with [Pr. PA18.0-3]. Refer to the following table for setting values.

[Pr. PA18_Servo motor type setting (**MTY)]

[Pr. PA18.0-3_Servo motor type setting]

When using a linear servo motor, select the linear servo motor to be used with [Pr. PA17 Servo motor series setting] and this servo parameter. Set this at the same time with [Pr. PA17]. Refer to the following for setting values. Page 21 [Pr. PA17_Servo motor series setting (**MSR)]

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the text B2

Linear servo motor series Linear servo motor (primary side) Servo parameter

Setting value of [Pr. PA17] Setting value of [Pr. PA18.0-3]

LM-H3 LM-H3P2A-07P-BSS0 000000BBh 2101h

LM-H3P3A-12P-CSS0 3101h

LM-H3P3B-24P-CSS0 3201h

LM-H3P3C-36P-CSS0 3301h

LM-H3P3D-48P-CSS0 3401h

LM-H3P7A-24P-ASS0 7101h

LM-H3P7B-48P-ASS0 7201h

LM-H3P7C-72P-ASS0 7301h

LM-H3P7D-96P-ASS0 7401h

LM-AJ LM-AJP1B-07K-JSS0 000000DAh 1201h

LM-AJP1D-14K-JSS0 1401h

LM-AJP2B-12S-JSS0 2201h

LM-AJP2D-23T-JSS0 2401h

LM-AJP3B-17N-JSS0 3201h

LM-AJP3D-35R-JSS0 3401h

LM-AJP4B-22M-JSS0 4201h

LM-AJP4D-45N-JSS0 4401h

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0000h Refer to the text B2

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.2 Basic setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PA_ _ ]) 21

22

[Pr. PA19_Servo parameter writing prohibited (*BLK)]

Select a reference range and writing range for the servo parameter. Refer to the following table for setting values.

The settings of this servo parameter are disabled if they are read/written via engineering tools (such as MR Configurator2). The settings of this servo parameter are disabled for parameter objects.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 000000ABh Refer to the text A4

PA19 Setting value operation

PA PB PC PD PE PF PO PS PL, PU

PT, PV PN

Setting values not listed below

Readable

Writable

0000000A Readable 19 only

Writable 19 only

0000000B Readable

Writable

0000000C Readable

Writable

0000000D Readable

Writable

0000000E Readable

Writable

0000000F Readable

Writable

000000AA Readable

Writable

000000AB (initial value)

Readable

Writable

0000100B Readable

Writable 19 only

0000100C Readable

Writable 19 only

0000100D Readable

Writable 19 only

0000100E Readable

Writable 19 only

0000100F Readable

Writable 19 only

000010AA Readable

Writable 19 only

000010AB Readable

Writable 19 only

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.2 Basic setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PA_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PA20_Tough drive setting (*TDS)]

[Pr. PA20.1_Vibration tough drive selection]

0: Disabled 1: Machine resonance suppression filter change mode enabled 2: Machine resonance suppression filter automatic setting mode Selecting other than "0" for this servo parameter suppresses vibrations by automatically changing the setting values of [Pr. PB13 Machine resonance suppression filter 1] and [Pr. PB15 Machine resonance suppression filter 2] if the vibration exceeds the value of the oscillation level set in [Pr. PF23 Vibration tough drive - Oscillation detection level]. For "1", the vibration tough drive functions when [Pr. PB13] and [Pr. PB15] are enabled. For "2", the vibration tough drive functions even when [Pr. PB13] and [Pr. PB15] are disabled. When using the vibration tough drive, selecting "2" (machine resonance suppression filter automatic setting mode) is recommended.

[Pr. PA20.2_Instantaneous power failure tough drive selection]

0: Disabled 1: Enabled Selecting "1" enables to avoid triggering [AL. 010 Undervoltage] by using the electrical energy charged in the capacitor in case that an instantaneous power failure occurs during operation. In [Pr. PF25 Instantaneous power failure tough drive detection time], the time until the occurrence of [AL. 010.1 Voltage drop in the control circuit power] can be set.

[Pr. PA21_Function selection A-3 (*AOP3)]

[Pr. PA21.0_One-touch tuning function selection]

0: Disabled 1: Enabled When the servo parameter is set to "0", the one-touch tuning cannot be performed.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000001h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 1h Refer to the text A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.2 Basic setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PA_ _ ]) 23

24

[Pr. PA22_Position control configuration selection (**PCS)]

[Pr. PA22.1_Super trace function selection]

0: Disabled 2: Enabled

[Pr. PA23_Drive recorder desired alarm trigger setting (DRAT)]

This servo parameter is enabled in the following conditions: [Pr. PF80.0 Drive recorder - Operation mode selection] = "0" (automatic setting mode) [Pr. PF80.0] = "1" (manual setting mode) and [Pr. PF82.0 Drive recorder - Trigger mode selection] = "0" (alarm trigger)

Ex.

To activate the drive recorder when [AL. 050 Overload 1] occurs, set "00005000h". To activate the drive recorder when [AL. 050.3 Thermal overload error 4 during operation] occurs, set this servo parameter to "00005003h".

[Pr. PA23.0-1_Alarm detail number setting]

Set this to execute the trigger with a desired alarm detail No. for the drive recorder function. When "00h" is selected, only the desired alarm No. setting will be enabled.

[Pr. PA23.2-4_Alarm number setting]

Set this to execute the trigger with a desired alarm No. for the drive recorder function. When "000h" is selected, the desired alarm trigger of the drive recorder is disabled.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00h 00h to FFh A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 000h 000h to FFFh A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.2 Basic setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PA_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PA24_Function selection A-4 (AOP4)]

[Pr. PA24.0_Vibration suppression mode selection]

0: Standard mode 1: 3 inertia mode 2: Low response mode 4: Path tracking mode When other than "3 inertia mode" is selected, vibration suppression control 2 cannot be used. Before changing the control mode in "3 inertia mode" or "low response mode", stop the motor. Before changing the control mode in "path tracking mode", stop the motor.

[Pr. PA25_One-touch tuning - Overshoot permissible level (OTHOV)]

Set a permissible value of overshoot amount for one-touch tuning as a percentage of the in-position range. When "0" is set, 50 % is applied.

[Pr. PA26_Function selection A-5 (*AOP5)]

[Pr. PA26.0_Torque limit function selection at instantaneous power failure]

0: Disabled 1: Enabled By setting "1", if an instantaneous power failure occurs during operation, limiting the torque at acceleration saves the electric energy charged in the capacitor in the servo amplifier. And consequently the time until [AL. 010.2 Voltage drop in the main circuit power] occurs can be delayed with instantaneous power failure tough drive function. Thus, the time to be set in [Pr. PF25 Instantaneous power failure tough drive detection time] can be extended. The torque limit function at instantaneous power failure is enabled when [Pr. PA20.2_Instantaneous power failure tough drive selection] is "1" (enabled). This function is disabled in the cyclic synchronous torque mode (cst).

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [%] 0 to 100 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.2 Basic setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PA_ _ ]) 25

26

[Pr. PA28_Function selection A-6 (**AOP6)]

[Pr. PA28.4_Speed range limit selection]

Select the speed to be used for the range restriction of the speed data. 0: Maximum speed 1: Permissible speed

[Pr. PA34_Quick tuning - Permissible travel distance (QDIS)]

Set the permissible travel distance for quick tuning. If the travel distance for quick tuning exceeds the setting value, the quick tuning error occurs. When "0" is input, the permissible travel distance for quick tuning is 1.0 rev (when a linear servo motor is used, 10 mm).

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [0.1 rev], [mm] 0 to 100 A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.2 Basic setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PA_ _ ])

1

1.3 Gain/filter setting servo parameters group ([Pr.

PB_ _ ]) [Pr. PB01_Adaptive tuning mode (adaptive filter II) (FILT)]

[Pr. PB01.0_Filter tuning mode selection]

Setting of the adaptive tuning is performed. Select the adjustment mode of the machine resonance suppression filter 1. 0: Disabled 1: Automatic setting 2: Manual setting When the servo parameter is set to "automatic setting", [Pr. PB13 Machine resonance suppression filter 1] and [Pr. PB14 Notch shape selection 1] will be set automatically. The automatic setting of machine resonance suppression filter 1 cannot be used if quick tuning is in progress. While quick tuning is in progress, adaptive filter II (adaptive tuning) does not start even if the automatic setting of machine resonance suppression filter 1 is used. The results obtained from the quick tuning are applied to [Pr. PB13] and [Pr. PB14]. Do not use the automatic setting in the torque mode.

[Pr. PB01.3_Tuning accuracy selection]

0: Standard 1: High accuracy In the high accuracy mode, the sound during tuning may be larger than in the standard mode, but the frequency is estimated more accurately.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.3 Gain/filter setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PB_ _ ]) 27

28

[Pr. PB02_Vibration suppression control tuning mode (advanced vibration suppression control II) (VRFT)]

[Pr. PB02.0_Vibration suppression control 1 - Tuning mode selection]

Select the tuning mode of the vibration suppression control 1. 0: Disabled 1: Automatic setting 2: Manual setting

[Pr. PB02.1_Vibration suppression control 2 - Tuning mode selection]

Select the tuning mode of the vibration suppression control 2. To enable the setting value, set [Pr. PA24.0 Vibration suppression mode selection] to "1" (3 inertia mode). 0: Disabled 1: Automatic setting 2: Manual setting

[Pr. PB03_Torque feedback loop gain (TFBGN)]

Set the torque feedback gain. This function is enabled in the continuous operation to torque control mode. Decreasing the setting value of this servo parameter reduces the collision load during pressing. 6 rad/s is set when the setting value is 6 rad/s or less.

[Pr. PB04_Feed forward gain (FFC)]

Set the feed forward gain. When "100" is set, the droop pulses are almost 0 in operation at the constant speed. If the super trace control is enabled, the droop pulses are almost 0 in operation at uniform acceleration/deceleration, as well as at the constant speed. However, if sudden acceleration/deceleration is performed, overshoot becomes large. When the feed forward gain is set to 100 %, set a value not smaller than 1 s for the acceleration time constant until the rated speed is reached.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 36000 [rad/s] 0 to 36000 B0

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [%] 0 to 100 A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.3 Gain/filter setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PB_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PB06_Load to motor inertia ratio/load to motor mass ratio (GD2)]

Set the load to motor inertia ratio or load to motor mass ratio. Setting a value different from the actual load moment of inertia or load mass may cause an unexpected operation such as an overshoot. The setting of this servo parameter will be automatic or manual depending on the setting value of [Pr. PA08.0 Gain adjustment mode selection]. Refer to the following table for details. When the servo parameter is set to automatic setting, the value varies within the range of 0.00 to 100.00.

[Pr. PB07_Model control gain (PG1)]

Set the response gain to the target position. Increasing the setting value improves responsiveness to the position command, but increasing the value too much raises the likelihood of vibration and noise. The setting of this servo parameter will be automatic or manual depending on the setting value of [Pr. PA08.0 Gain adjustment mode selection]. Refer to the following table for details.

When the vibration suppression control is enabled, the settable range of [Pr. PB07 Model control gain] is limited. If [Pr. PB07] exceeds the settable range, the vibration suppression control is disabled.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 7.00 [Multiplier] 0.00 to 300.00 A4

[Pr. PA08.0 Gain adjustment mode selection] Servo parameter status "0" (2 gain adjustment mode 1 (interpolation mode)) Automatic setting

"1" (auto tuning mode 1)

"2" (auto tuning mode 2) Manual setting

"3" (manual mode)

"4" (2 gain adjustment mode 2)

"5" (quick tuning mode)

"6" (load to motor inertia ratio monitor mode) Automatic setting

Initial value Setting range Ver. 15.0 [rad/s] 1.0 to 8000.0 A4

[Pr. PA08.0] Servo parameter status "0" (2 gain adjustment mode 1 (interpolation mode)) Manual setting

"1" (auto tuning mode 1) Automatic setting

"2" (auto tuning mode 2)

"3" (manual mode) Manual setting

"4" (2 gain adjustment mode 2)

"5" (quick tuning mode) Automatic setting

"6" (load to motor inertia ratio monitor mode) Manual setting

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.3 Gain/filter setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PB_ _ ]) 29

30

[Pr. PB08_Position control gain (PG2)]

Set the gain of the position loop. Set this servo parameter when increasing the position responsiveness to level load disturbance. Increasing the setting value improves responsiveness to the load disturbance, but increasing the value too much raises the likelihood of vibration and noise. The setting of this servo parameter will be automatic or manual depending on the setting value of [Pr. PA08.0 Gain adjustment mode selection]. Refer to the following table for details.

[Pr. PB09_Speed control gain (VG2)]

Set the gain of the speed loop. Set this servo parameter when vibration occurs on machines with low rigidity or with large backlash. Increasing the setting value improves responsiveness, but increasing the value too much raises the likelihood of vibration and noise. The setting of this servo parameter will be automatic or manual depending on the setting value of [Pr. PA08.0 Gain adjustment mode selection]. Refer to the following for details. Page 30 [Pr. PB08_Position control gain (PG2)]

[Pr. PB10_Speed integral compensation (VIC)]

Set the integral time constant of the speed loop. Decreasing the setting value improves responsiveness, but raises the likelihood of vibration and noise. The setting of this servo parameter will be automatic or manual depending on the setting value of [Pr. PA08.0 Gain adjustment mode selection]. Refer to the following for details. Page 30 [Pr. PB08_Position control gain (PG2)]

[Pr. PB11_Speed differential compensation (VDC)]

Set the differential compensation. The enabling conditions vary depending on the setting value in [Pr. PB24.1 PI-PID switching control selection].

Initial value Setting range Ver. 37.0 [rad/s] 1.0 to 2000.0 A4

[Pr. PA08.0] Servo parameter status "0" (2 gain adjustment mode 1 (interpolation mode)) Automatic setting

"1" (auto tuning mode 1)

"2" (auto tuning mode 2)

"3" (manual mode) Manual setting

"4" (2 gain adjustment mode 2) Automatic setting

"5" (quick tuning mode)

"6" (load to motor inertia ratio monitor mode) Manual setting

Initial value Setting range Ver. 823 [rad/s] 20 to 65535 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 33.7 [ms] 0.1 to 1000.0 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 980 0 to 1000 A4

[Pr. PB24.1] The enabling conditions for this servo parameter "0" (switching is enabled by PID switching signal (C_PC) from controller and the input device (PC))

Enabled by turning on the PID switching signal from controller (C_PC), or by turning on the PC (Proportional control)

"3" (continuous PID control enabled) Always enabled

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.3 Gain/filter setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PB_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PB12_Overshoot amount compensation (OVA)]

Set a dynamic friction torque in percentage to the rated torque at servo motor rated speed. Alternatively, set a percentage of dynamic friction force against the continuous thrust at linear servo motor rated speed. If the response level is too low or if the torque/thrust is limited, the efficiency of the servo parameter may decrease.

[Pr. PB13_Machine resonance suppression filter 1 (NH1)]

Set the notch frequency of the machine resonance suppression filter 1. When [Pr. PA08.0 Gain adjustment mode selection] is set to "5" (quick tuning mode), the setting value of this servo parameter reflects the adjustment result of quick tuning. When [Pr. PB01.0 Filter tuning mode selection] is set to "1" (automatic setting), the values obtained from adaptive tuning are applied to the setting value of this servo parameter. When [Pr. PB01.0] is set to "2" (manual setting), set the notch frequency with this servo parameter.

[Pr. PB14_Notch shape selection 1 (NHQ1)]

[Pr. PB14.1_Notch depth selection 1]

0: -40 dB 1: -14 dB 2: -8 dB 3: -4 dB

[Pr. PB14.2_Notch width selection 1]

0: = 2 1: = 3 2: = 4 3: = 5

[Pr. PB15_Machine resonance suppression filter 2 (NH2)]

Set the notch frequency of the machine resonance suppression filter 2. When [Pr. PA08.0 Gain adjustment mode selection] is set to "5" (quick tuning mode), the setting value of this servo parameter reflects the adjustment result of quick tuning. When [Pr. PB16.0 Machine resonance suppression filter 2 selection] is set to "1" (enabled), set the notch frequency with this servo parameter.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [%] 0 to 100 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 4500 [Hz] 10 to 9000 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 4500 [Hz] 10 to 9000 A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.3 Gain/filter setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PB_ _ ]) 31

32

[Pr. PB16_Notch shape selection 2 (NHQ2)]

Set forms of the machine resonance suppression filter 2. When [Pr. PA08.0 Gain adjustment mode selection] is set to "5" (quick tuning mode), the setting value of this servo parameter reflects the adjustment result of quick tuning.

[Pr. PB16.0_Machine resonance suppression filter 2 selection]

0: Disabled 1: Enabled

[Pr. PB16.1_Notch depth selection]

0: -40 dB 1: -14 dB 2: -8 dB 3: -4 dB

[Pr. PB16.2_Notch width selection]

0: = 2 1: = 3 2: = 4 3: = 5

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.3 Gain/filter setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PB_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PB17_Shaft resonance suppression filter (NHF)]

Set the shaft resonance suppression filter. Use this to suppress a high-frequency machine vibration. When [Pr. PB23.0 Shaft resonance suppression filter selection] is set to "0" (automatic setting), the value will be calculated automatically from the servo motor used and load to motor inertia ratio. Automatic setting is not carried out when the linear servo motor is used. When "1" (manual setting) is selected, set the shaft resonance suppression filter with this servo parameter. When [Pr. PB23.0] is set to "2" (disabled), the setting value is disabled. When [Pr. PB49.0 Machine resonance suppression filter 4 selection] is set to "1" (enabled), the shaft resonance suppression filter cannot be used. When [Pr. PB23.0] is set to "2" (disabled), the performance may be reduced.

[Pr. PB17.0-1_Shaft resonance suppression filter setting - Frequency selection]

Refer to the following table for setting values. Set the value closest to the required frequency.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00h Refer to the text A4

Setting value Frequency [Hz] 00 Disabled

01 Disabled

02 4500

03 3000

04 2250

05 1800

06 1500

07 1285

08 1125

09 1000

0A 900

0B 818

0C 750

0D 692

0E 642

0F 600

10 562

11 529

12 500

13 473

14 450

15 428

16 409

17 391

18 375

19 360

1A 346

1B 333

1C 321

1D 310

1E 300

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.3 Gain/filter setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PB_ _ ]) 33

34

1F 290

20 Disabled

21 Disabled

22 Disabled

23 Disabled

24 Disabled

25 Disabled

26 Disabled

27 Disabled

28 4500

29 4000

2A 3600

2B 3272

2C 3000

2D 2769

2E 2571

2F 2400

30 2250

31 2117

32 2000

33 1894

34 1800

35 1714

36 1636

37 1565

38 1500

39 1440

3A 1384

3B 1333

3C 1285

3D 1241

3E 1200

3F 1161

40 1125

41 1090

42 1058

43 1028

44 1000

45 972

46 947

47 923

48 900

49 878

4A 857

4B 837

4C 818

4D 800

4E 782

4F 765

50 750

51 734

52 720

53 705

Setting value Frequency [Hz]

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.3 Gain/filter setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PB_ _ ])

1

54 692

55 679

56 666

57 654

58 642

59 631

5A 620

5B 610

5C 600

5D 590

5E 580

5F 571

60 562

61 553

62 545

63 537

64 529

65 521

66 514

67 507

68 500

69 493

6A 486

6B 480

6C 473

6D 467

6E 461

6F 455

70 450

71 444

72 439

73 433

74 428

75 423

76 418

77 413

78 409

79 404

7A 400

7B 395

7C 391

7D 387

7E 382

7F 378

80 375

81 371

82 367

83 363

84 360

85 356

86 352

87 349

88 346

Setting value Frequency [Hz]

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.3 Gain/filter setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PB_ _ ]) 35

36

[Pr. PB17.2_Notch depth selection]

0: -40 dB 1: -14 dB 2: -8 dB 3: -4 dB

[Pr. PB18_Low-pass filter setting (LPF)]

Set the low-pass filter. Refer to the table below for the status of this servo parameter and the setting values of the related servo parameter. When [Pr. PA08.0 Gain adjustment mode selection] is set to "5" (quick tuning mode), this servo parameter returns to the initial value.

89 342

8A 339

8B 336

8C 333

8D 330

8E 327

8F 324

90 321

91 318

92 315

93 313

94 310

95 307

96 305

97 302

98 300

99 297

9A 295

9B 292

9C 290

9D 288

9E 285

9F 283

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 3141 [rad/s] 100 to 36000 A4

[Pr. PB23.1 Low-pass filter selection] [Pr. PB18 Low-pass filter setting] "0" (initial value) Automatic setting

"1" Setting value enabled

"2" Setting value disabled

Setting value Frequency [Hz]

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.3 Gain/filter setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PB_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PB19_Vibration suppression control 1 - Vibration frequency (VRF11)]

Set the vibration frequency of vibration suppression control 1 to suppress low-frequency machine vibration. When "1" (automatic setting) is selected in [Pr. PB02.0 Vibration suppression control 1 - Tuning mode selection], this servo parameter will be set automatically. When "2" (manual setting) is selected, set the vibration frequency with this servo parameter. If [Pr. PB25.0 Model adaptive control selection] is set to "2" (disabled), the vibration suppression control cannot be used. The available range of [Pr. PB19 Vibration suppression control 1 - Vibration frequency] depends on the value in [Pr. PB07 Model control gain]. If the setting value of [Pr. PB19] exceeds the available range, the vibration suppression control is disabled.

[Pr. PB20_Vibration suppression control 1 - Resonance frequency (VRF12)]

Set the resonance frequency of vibration suppression control 1 to suppress low-frequency machine vibration. When "1" (automatic setting) is selected in [Pr. PB02.0 Vibration suppression control 1 - Tuning mode selection], this servo parameter will be set automatically. When "2" (manual setting) is selected, set the resonance frequency with this servo parameter. If [Pr. PB25.0 Model adaptive control selection] is set to "2" (disabled), the vibration suppression control cannot be used. The available range of [Pr. PB20 Vibration suppression control 1 - Resonance frequency] changes depending on the value in [Pr. PB07 Model control gain]. If the setting value of [Pr. PB20] exceeds the available range, the vibration suppression control is disabled.

[Pr. PB21_Vibration suppression control 1 - Vibration frequency damping (VRF13)]

Set the damping of the vibration frequency for vibration suppression control 1 to suppress low-frequency machine vibration. When "1" (automatic setting) is selected in [Pr. PB02.0 Vibration suppression control 1 - Tuning mode selection], this servo parameter will be set automatically. When "2" (manual setting) is selected, set the damping of the vibration frequency with this servo parameter.

[Pr. PB22_Vibration suppression control 1 - Resonance frequency damping (VRF14)]

Set the damping of the resonance frequency for vibration suppression control 1 to suppress low-frequency machine vibration. When "1" (automatic setting) is selected in [Pr. PB02.0 Vibration suppression control 1 - Tuning mode selection], this servo parameter will be set automatically. When "2" (manual setting) is selected, set the damping of the resonance frequency with this servo parameter.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 100.0 [Hz] 0.1 to 300.0 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 100.0 [Hz] 0.1 to 300.0 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0.00 0.00 to 0.30 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0.00 0.00 to 0.30 A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.3 Gain/filter setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PB_ _ ]) 37

38

[Pr. PB23_Low-pass filter selection (VFBF)]

[Pr. PB23.0_Shaft resonance suppression filter selection]

Select the shaft resonance suppression filter. 0: Automatic setting 1: Manual setting 2: Disabled When [Pr. PB49.0 Machine resonance suppression filter 4 selection] is set to "1" (enabled), the shaft resonance suppression filter cannot be used.

[Pr. PB23.1_Low-pass filter selection]

Select the low-pass filter. 0: Automatic setting 1: Manual setting 2: Disabled When "5" (quick tuning mode) is selected in [Pr. PA08.0 Gain adjustment mode selection], this servo parameter is set to "1" (manual setting).

[Pr. PB23.3_Shaft resonance suppression filter 2 selection]

0: Disabled 1: Automatic setting

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00001000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 1h Refer to the text A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.3 Gain/filter setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PB_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PB24_Slight vibration suppression control (*MVS)]

[Pr. PB24.0_Slight vibration suppression control selection]

Select the slight vibration suppression control. 0: Disabled 1: Enabled The slight vibration suppression control is enabled when "3" (manual mode) is selected in [Pr. PA08.0 Gain adjustment mode selection]. The slight vibration suppression control selection can be used in the position mode and positioning mode.

[Pr. PB24.1_PI-PID switching control selection]

0: PI control enabled (switching is enabled by PID switching signal (C_PC) from controller and the input device (PC)) 3: Continuous PID control enabled If the servo motor at a stop is rotated even for a pulse due to any external factor, it generates torque to compensate for a position mismatch. When the servo motor shaft is to be locked mechanically after positioning completion (stop), enabling the PID control and completing positioning simultaneously will suppress the unnecessary torque generated to compensate for a position mismatch.

[Pr. PB25_Function selection B-1 (*BOP1)]

[Pr. PB25.0_Model adaptive control selection]

0: Enabled (model adaptive control) 2: Disabled (PID control) When "Disabled" is set, vibration suppression control 1 and 2 cannot be used. The overshoot compensation will be disabled.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.3 Gain/filter setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PB_ _ ]) 39

40

[Pr. PB26_Gain switching function (*CDP)]

Select the gain switching condition. Set the conditions to enable the following values: the gain switching values that have been set from [Pr. PB29 Gain switching - Load to motor inertia ratio/load to motor mass ratio] to [Pr. PB36 Gain switching - Vibration suppression control 1 - Resonance frequency damping] and from [Pr. PB56 Gain switching - Vibration suppression control 2 - Vibration frequency] to [Pr. PB60 Gain switching - Model control gain], and the values of gain switching 2 that have been set from [Pr. PB67 Gain switching 2 - Load to motor inertia ratio/load to motor mass ratio] to [Pr. PB79 Gain switching 2 - Model control gain].

[Pr. PB26.0_Gain switching selection]

0: Disabled 1: Signal (CDP/C_CDP) 2: Command frequency 3: Droop pulses 4: Servo motor speed 5: Command direction When "1" is selected, the gain changes to "Gain after gain switching" by using the control command (C_CDP) from the controller or the input device CDP (Gain switching). When "2" is selected, set [Pr. PT01.2 Unit for position data] to "3" (pulse). Setting [Pr. PT01.2] to a value other than "3" disables gain switching.

[Pr. PB26.1_Gain switching condition selection]

0: Gain after "Gain switching" is enabled with the value of the gain switching condition or more 1: Gain after "Gain switching" is enabled with the value of the gain switching condition or less

[Pr. PB26.2_Gain switching time constant - Disabling condition selection]

0: Switching time constant enabled 1: Time constant disabled at switching 2: Time constant disabled at return

[Pr. PB26.4_Gain switching 2 selection]

0: Disabled 1: Signal (CDP2/C_CDP2) 2: The same condition as [Pr. PB26.0 Gain switching selection] When "1" is selected, the gain changes to "Gain after gain switching 2" by using the control command (C_CDP2) from the controller or the input device CDP2 (Gain switching 2). When "1" is set in [Pr. PB26.0] while "2" has been selected for this servo parameter, the gain changes to "Gain after gain switching 2" by the control command (C_CDP2) from the controller or the input device CDP2 (Gain switching 2).

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.3 Gain/filter setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PB_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PB26.5_Gain switching selection during a stop]

0: Gain switching 2 during a stop is disabled 1: Gain switching 2 during a stop is enabled This servo parameter is enabled in the following condition: [Pr. PB26.4 Gain switching 2 selection] is set to "2" (the same condition as [Pr. PB26.0 Gain switching selection]) and [Pr. PB26.0] is set to "5" (command direction) in the position mode and positioning mode.

[Pr. PB27_Gain switching condition (CDL)]

Set the value of the gain switching (command frequency, droop pulses, or servo motor speed) selected in [Pr. PB26 Gain switching function]. The set value unit differs depending on the switching condition item. The units are as follows: [kpulse/s] for command frequency, [pulse] for droop pulses, and [r/min] for servo motor speed. If using a linear servo motor, the unit of the servo motor speed is [mm/s].

[Pr. PB28_Gain switching time constant (CDT)]

Set the time constant until the gain switches in response to the conditions set in [Pr. PB26 Gain switching function] and [Pr. PB27 Gain switching condition].

[Pr. PB29_Gain switching - Load to motor inertia ratio/load to motor mass ratio (GD2B)]

Set the load to motor inertia ratio for when the gain switching is enabled. The setting value of this servo parameter is enabled when [Pr. PA08.0 Gain adjustment mode selection] is set to "3" (manual mode).

[Pr. PB30_Gain switching - Position control gain (PG2B)]

Set the position control gain for when the gain switching is enabled. When the setting value of this servo parameter is less than "1.0", the setting value of [Pr. PB08 Position control gain] is applied. The setting value of this servo parameter is enabled when [Pr. PA08.0 Gain adjustment mode selection] is set to "3" (manual mode).

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 10 [Refer to the text below for the unit.] 0 to 16777215 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 1 [ms] 0 to 100 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 7.00 [Multiplier] 0.00 to 300.00 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0.0 [rad/s] 0.0 to 2000.0 A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.3 Gain/filter setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PB_ _ ]) 41

42

[Pr. PB31_Gain switching - Speed control gain (VG2B)]

Set the speed control gain for when the gain switching is enabled. When the setting value of this servo parameter is less than "20", the setting value of [Pr. PB09 Speed control gain] is applied. The setting value of this servo parameter is enabled when [Pr. PA08.0 Gain adjustment mode selection] is set to "3" (manual mode).

[Pr. PB32_Gain switching - Speed integral compensation (VICB)]

Set the speed integral compensation for when the gain switching is enabled. When the setting value of this servo parameter is less than "0.1", the setting value of [Pr. PB10 Speed integral compensation] is applied. The setting value of this servo parameter is enabled when [Pr. PA08.0 Gain adjustment mode selection] is set to "3" (manual mode).

[Pr. PB33_Gain switching - Vibration suppression control 1 - Vibration frequency (VRF11B)]

Set the vibration frequency of vibration suppression control 1 for when the gain switching is enabled. When the setting value of this servo parameter is less than "0.1", the setting value of [Pr. PB19 Vibration suppression control 1 - Vibration frequency] is applied. This servo parameter is enabled in the following conditions: [Pr. PA08.0 Gain adjustment mode selection] is set to "3" (manual mode). [Pr. PB02.0 Vibration suppression control 1 - Tuning mode selection] is set to "2" (manual setting). "1" (signal (CDP/C_CDP)) is selected in [Pr. PB26.0 Gain switching selection]. Switching gains during driving may cause a shock. Switch the gains after the servo motor has stopped.

[Pr. PB34_Gain switching - Vibration suppression control 1 - Resonance frequency (VRF12B)]

Set the resonance frequency for vibration suppression control 1 for when the gain switching is enabled. When the setting value of this servo parameter is less than "0.1", the setting value of [Pr. PB20 Vibration suppression control 1 - Resonance frequency] is applied. This servo parameter is enabled in the following conditions: [Pr. PA08.0 Gain adjustment mode selection] is set to "3" (manual mode). [Pr. PB02.0 Vibration suppression control 1 - Tuning mode selection] is set to "2" (manual setting). "1" (signal (CDP/C_CDP)) is selected in [Pr. PB26.0 Gain switching selection]. Switching gains during driving may cause a shock. Switch the gains after the servo motor has stopped.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [rad/s] 0 to 65535 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0.0 [ms] 0.0 to 5000.0 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0.0 [Hz] 0.0 to 300.0 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0.0 [Hz] 0.0 to 300.0 A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.3 Gain/filter setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PB_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PB35_Gain switching - Vibration suppression control 1 - Vibration frequency damping (VRF13B)]

Set the damping of the vibration frequency for vibration suppression control 1 for when the gain switching is enabled. This servo parameter is enabled in the following conditions: [Pr. PA08.0 Gain adjustment mode selection] is set to "3" (manual mode). [Pr. PB02.0 Vibration suppression control 1 - Tuning mode selection] is set to "2" (manual setting). "1" (signal (CDP/C_CDP)) is selected in [Pr. PB26.0 Gain switching selection]. Switching gains during driving may cause a shock. Switch the gains after the servo motor has stopped.

[Pr. PB36_Gain switching - Vibration suppression control 1 - Resonance frequency damping (VRF14B)]

Set the damping of the resonance frequency for vibration suppression control 1 for when the gain switching is enabled. This servo parameter is enabled in the following conditions: [Pr. PA08.0 Gain adjustment mode selection] is set to "3" (manual mode). [Pr. PB02.0 Vibration suppression control 1 - Tuning mode selection] is set to "2" (manual setting). "1" (signal (CDP/C_CDP)) is selected in [Pr. PB26.0 Gain switching selection]. Switching gains during driving may cause a shock. Switch the gains after the servo motor has stopped.

[Pr. PB45_Command notch filter (CNHF)]

Set the command notch filter.

[Pr. PB45.0-1_Command notch filter setting frequency selection]

Refer to the following table for the relation of setting values to frequencies.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0.00 0.00 to 0.30 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0.00 0.00 to 0.30 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00h Refer to the text A4

Setting value Frequency [Hz] 00 Disabled

01 2000

02 1000

03 666

04 500

06 400

07 333

08 285

09 250

0A 222

0B 200

0C 181

0D 166

0F 153

10 142

11 133

12 125

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.3 Gain/filter setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PB_ _ ]) 43

44

13 117

14 111

15 105

16 100

17 95

19 90

1A 86

1B 83

1C 80

1D 76

1E 74

1F 71

21 66

22 62

23 58

24 55

25 52

26 50

27 47

29 45

2A 43

2B 41

2C 40

2D 38

2E 37

2F 35

30 34.5

31 33.3

32 31.3

33 29.4

34 27.8

35 26.3

36 25.0

38 23.8

39 22.7

3A 21.7

3B 20.8

3C 20.0

3D 19.2

3E 18.5

3F 17.9

40 17.2

41 16.7

42 15.6

43 14.7

44 13.9

45 13.2

46 12.5

48 11.9

49 11.4

4A 10.9

4B 10.4

4C 10

Setting value Frequency [Hz]

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.3 Gain/filter setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PB_ _ ])

1

4D 9.6

4E 9.3

4F 8.9

50 8.6

51 8.3

52 7.8

53 7.4

54 6.9

55 6.6

56 6.3

58 6.0

59 5.7

5A 5.4

5B 5.2

5C 5.0

5D 4.8

5E 4.6

5F 4.5

60 4.31

61 4.17

62 3.91

63 3.68

64 3.47

65 3.29

66 3.13

68 2.98

69 2.84

6A 2.72

6B 2.60

6C 2.50

6D 2.40

6E 2.31

6F 2.23

71 2.08

72 1.95

73 1.84

74 1.74

75 1.64

76 1.56

78 1.49

79 1.42

7A 1.36

7B 1.30

7C 1.25

7D 1.20

7E 1.16

7F 1.12

Setting value Frequency [Hz]

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.3 Gain/filter setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PB_ _ ]) 45

46

[Pr. PB45.2_Notch depth selection]

Refer to the following table for details.

[Pr. PB46_Machine resonance suppression filter 3 (NH3)]

Set the notch frequency of the machine resonance suppression filter 3. When [Pr. PB47.0 Machine resonance suppression filter 3 selection] is set to "1" (enabled), set the notch frequency with this servo parameter.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Setting value Depth [dB] 0 -40.0

1 -24.1

2 -18.1

3 -14.5

4 -12.0

5 -10.1

6 -8.5

7 -7.2

8 -6.0

9 -5.0

A -4.1

B -3.3

C -2.5

D -1.8

E -1.2

F -0.6

Initial value Setting range Ver. 4500 [Hz] 10 to 9000 A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.3 Gain/filter setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PB_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PB47_Notch shape selection 3 (NHQ3)]

Set forms of the machine resonance suppression filter 3.

[Pr. PB47.0_Machine resonance suppression filter 3 selection]

0: Disabled 1: Enabled

[Pr. PB47.1_Notch depth selection]

0: -40 dB 1: -14 dB 2: -8 dB 3: -4 dB

[Pr. PB47.2_Notch width selection]

0: = 2 1: = 3 2: = 4 3: = 5

[Pr. PB48_Machine resonance suppression filter 4 (NH4)]

Set the notch frequency of the machine resonance suppression filter 4. When [Pr. PB49.0 Machine resonance suppression filter 4 selection] is set to "1" (enabled), set the notch frequency with this servo parameter.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 4500 [Hz] 10 to 9000 A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.3 Gain/filter setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PB_ _ ]) 47

48

[Pr. PB49_Notch shape selection 4 (NHQ4)]

Set forms of the machine resonance suppression filter 4.

[Pr. PB49.0_Machine resonance suppression filter 4 selection]

0: Disabled 1: Enabled When this setting value is "Enabled", [Pr. PB17 Shaft resonance suppression filter] cannot be used.

[Pr. PB49.1_Notch depth selection]

0: -40 dB 1: -14 dB 2: -8 dB 3: -4 dB

[Pr. PB49.2_Notch width selection]

0: = 2 1: = 3 2: = 4 3: = 5

[Pr. PB50_Machine resonance suppression filter 5 (NH5)]

Set the notch frequency of the machine resonance suppression filter 5. When [Pr. PB51.0 Machine resonance suppression filter 5 selection] is set to "1" (enabled), set the notch frequency with this servo parameter.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 4500 [Hz] 10 to 9000 A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.3 Gain/filter setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PB_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PB51_Notch shape selection 5 (NHQ5)]

Set forms of the machine resonance suppression filter 5. When [Pr. PA08.0 Gain adjustment mode selection] is set to "5" (quick tuning mode), the setting value of this servo parameter reflects the adjustment result of quick tuning. When [Pr. PE41.0 Robust filter selection] is set to "1" (enabled), machine resonance suppression filter 5 cannot be used.

[Pr. PB51.0_Machine resonance suppression filter 5 selection]

0: Disabled 1: Enabled

[Pr. PB51.1_Notch depth selection]

0: -40 dB 1: -14 dB 2: -8 dB 3: -4 dB

[Pr. PB51.2_Notch width selection]

0: = 2 1: = 3 2: = 4 3: = 5

[Pr. PB52_Vibration suppression control 2 - Vibration frequency (VRF21)]

Set the vibration frequency of vibration suppression control 2 to suppress low-frequency machine vibration. When "1" (automatic setting) is selected in [Pr. PB02.1 Vibration suppression control 2 - Tuning mode selection], this servo parameter will be set automatically. When "2" (manual setting) is selected, set the vibration frequency with this servo parameter. The setting value is enabled when [Pr. PA24.0 Vibration suppression mode selection] is set to "1" (3 inertia mode). The available range of [Pr. PB52 Vibration suppression control 2 - Vibration frequency] depends on the value in [Pr. PB07 Model control gain]. If the setting value of [Pr. PB52] exceeds the available range, the vibration suppression control is disabled.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 100.0 [Hz] 0.1 to 300.0 A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.3 Gain/filter setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PB_ _ ]) 49

50

[Pr. PB53_Vibration suppression control 2 - Resonance frequency (VRF22)]

Set the resonance frequency of vibration suppression control 2 to suppress low-frequency machine vibration. When "1" (automatic setting) is selected in [Pr. PB02.1 Vibration suppression control 2 - Tuning mode selection], this servo parameter will be set automatically. When "2" (manual setting) is selected, set the resonance frequency with this servo parameter. The setting value is enabled when [Pr. PA24.0 Vibration suppression mode selection] is set to "1" (3 inertia mode). The available range of [Pr. PB53 Vibration suppression control 2 - Resonance frequency] changes depending on the value in [Pr. PB07 Model control gain]. If the setting value of [Pr. PB53] exceeds the available range, the vibration suppression control is disabled.

[Pr. PB54_Vibration suppression control 2 - Vibration frequency damping (VRF23)]

Set the damping of the vibration frequency for vibration suppression control 2 to suppress low-frequency machine vibration. When "1" (automatic setting) is selected in [Pr. PB02.1 Vibration suppression control 2 - Tuning mode selection], this servo parameter will be set automatically. When "2" (manual setting) is selected, set the damping of the vibration frequency with this servo parameter. The setting value is enabled when [Pr. PA24.0 Vibration suppression mode selection] is set to "1" (3 inertia mode).

[Pr. PB55_Vibration suppression control 2 - Resonance frequency damping (VRF24)]

Set the damping of the resonance frequency for vibration suppression control 2 to suppress low-frequency machine vibration. When "1" (automatic setting) is selected in [Pr. PB02.1 Vibration suppression control 2 - Tuning mode selection], this servo parameter will be set automatically. When "2" (manual setting) is selected, set the damping of the resonance frequency with this servo parameter. The setting value is enabled when [Pr. PA24.0 Vibration suppression mode selection] is set to "1" (3 inertia mode).

[Pr. PB56_Gain switching - Vibration suppression control 2 - Vibration frequency (VRF21B)]

Set the vibration frequency of vibration suppression control 2 for when the gain switching is enabled. When the setting value of this servo parameter is less than "0.1", the setting value of [Pr. PB52 Vibration suppression control 2 - Vibration frequency] is applied. This servo parameter is enabled in the following conditions: [Pr. PA08.0 Gain adjustment mode selection] is set to "3" (manual mode). [Pr. PA24.0 Vibration suppression mode selection] is set to "1" (3 inertia mode). [Pr. PB02.1 Vibration suppression control 2 - Tuning mode selection] is set to "2" (manual setting). "1" (signal (CDP/C_CDP)) is selected in [Pr. PB26.0 Gain switching selection]. Switching gains during driving may cause a shock. Switch the gains after the servo motor has stopped.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 100.0 [Hz] 0.1 to 300.0 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0.00 0.00 to 0.30 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0.00 0.00 to 0.30 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0.0 [Hz] 0.0 to 300.0 A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.3 Gain/filter setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PB_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PB57_Gain switching - Vibration suppression control 2 - Resonance frequency (VRF22B)]

Set the resonance frequency for vibration suppression control 2 for when the gain switching is enabled. When the setting value of this servo parameter is less than "0.1", the setting value of [Pr. PB53 Vibration suppression control 2 - Resonance frequency] is applied. This servo parameter is enabled in the following conditions: [Pr. PA08.0 Gain adjustment mode selection] is set to "3" (manual mode). [Pr. PA24.0 Vibration suppression mode selection] is set to "1" (3 inertia mode). [Pr. PB02.1 Vibration suppression control 2 - Tuning mode selection] is set to "2" (manual setting). "1" (signal (CDP/C_CDP)) is selected in [Pr. PB26.0 Gain switching selection]. Switching gains during driving may cause a shock. Switch the gains after the servo motor has stopped.

[Pr. PB58_Gain switching - Vibration suppression control 2 - Vibration frequency damping (VRF23B)]

Set the damping of the vibration frequency for vibration suppression control 2 for when the gain switching is enabled. This servo parameter is enabled in the following conditions: [Pr. PA08.0 Gain adjustment mode selection] is set to "3" (manual mode). [Pr. PA24.0 Vibration suppression mode selection] is set to "1" (3 inertia mode). [Pr. PB02.1 Vibration suppression control 2 - Tuning mode selection] is set to "2" (manual setting). "1" (signal (CDP/C_CDP)) is selected in [Pr. PB26.0 Gain switching selection]. Switching gains during driving may cause a shock. Switch the gains after the servo motor has stopped.

[Pr. PB59_Gain switching - Vibration suppression control 2 - Resonance frequency damping (VRF24B)]

Set the damping of the resonance frequency for vibration suppression control 2 for when the gain switching is enabled. This servo parameter is enabled in the following conditions: [Pr. PA08.0 Gain adjustment mode selection] is set to "3" (manual mode). [Pr. PA24.0 Vibration suppression mode selection] is set to "1" (3 inertia mode). [Pr. PB02.1 Vibration suppression control 2 - Tuning mode selection] is set to "2" (manual setting). "1" (signal (CDP/C_CDP)) is selected in [Pr. PB26.0 Gain switching selection].

[Pr. PB60_Gain switching - Model control gain (PG1B)]

Set the model control gain for when the gain switching is enabled. When the setting value of this servo parameter is less than "1.0", the setting value of [Pr. PB07 Model control gain] is applied. This servo parameter is enabled in the following conditions: [Pr. PA08.0 Gain adjustment mode selection] is set to "3" (manual mode). "1" (signal (CDP/C_CDP)) is selected in [Pr. PB26.0 Gain switching selection]. Switching gains during driving may cause a shock. Switch the gains after the servo motor has stopped.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0.0 [Hz] 0.0 to 300.0 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0.00 0.00 to 0.30 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0.00 0.00 to 0.30 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0.0 [rad/s] 0.0 to 8000.0 A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.3 Gain/filter setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PB_ _ ]) 51

52

[Pr. PB65_Gain switching 2 condition (CDL2)]

Set the value of the gain switching (command frequency, droop pulses, or servo motor speed) selected in [Pr. PB26.0 Gain switching selection]. The set value unit differs depending on the switching condition item. The units are as follows: [kpulse/s] for command frequency, [pulse] for droop pulses, and [r/min] for servo motor speed. If using a linear servo motor, the unit of the servo motor speed is [mm/s]. The setting value is to be larger than in [Pr. PB27 Gain switching condition]. When "0" is set, the gain is not switched to the gain switching 2.

[Pr. PB66_Gain switching 2 time constant (CDT2)]

Set the time constant until the gain switches from "gain at normal use" or "gain at switching" to "gain at switching 2" in response to the conditions set in [Pr. PB26 Gain switching function] and [Pr. PB65 Gain switching 2 condition].

[Pr. PB67_Gain switching 2 - Load to motor inertia ratio/load to motor mass ratio (GD2C)]

Set the load to motor inertia ratio/load to motor mass ratio for when the gain switching 2 is enabled. This servo parameter is enabled when [Pr. PA08.0 Gain adjustment mode selection] is set to "3" (manual mode).

[Pr. PB68_Gain switching 2 - Position control gain (PG2C)]

Set the position control gain for when the gain switching 2 is enabled. When the setting value of this servo parameter is less than "1.0", the setting value of [Pr. PB08 Position control gain] is applied. This servo parameter is enabled when [Pr. PA08.0 Gain adjustment mode selection] is set to "3" (manual mode).

[Pr. PB69_Gain switching 2 - Speed control gain (VG2C)]

Set the speed control gain for when the gain switching 2 is enabled. When the setting value of this servo parameter is less than "20", the setting value of [Pr. PB09 Speed control gain] is applied. This servo parameter is enabled when [Pr. PA08.0 Gain adjustment mode selection] is set to "3" (manual mode).

Initial value Setting range Ver. 10 [Refer to the text below for the unit.] 0 to 16777215 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 1 [ms] 0 to 100 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 7.00 [Multiplier] 0.00 to 300.00 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0.0 [rad/s] 0.0 to 2000.0 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [rad/s] 0 to 65535 A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.3 Gain/filter setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PB_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PB70_Gain switching 2 - Speed integral compensation (VICC)]

Set the speed integral compensation for when the gain switching 2 is enabled. When the setting value of this servo parameter is less than "0.1", the setting value of [Pr. PB10 Speed integral compensation] is applied. This servo parameter is enabled when [Pr. PA08.0 Gain adjustment mode selection] is set to "3" (manual mode).

[Pr. PB71_Gain switching 2 - Vibration suppression control 1 - Vibration frequency (VRF11C)]

Set the vibration frequency of vibration suppression control 1 for when the gain switching 2 is enabled. When the setting value of this servo parameter is less than "0.1", the setting value of [Pr. PB19 Vibration suppression control 1 - Vibration frequency] is applied. This servo parameter is enabled in the following conditions: [Pr. PA08.0 Gain adjustment mode selection] is set to "3" (manual mode). [Pr. PB02.0 Vibration suppression control 1 - Tuning mode selection] is set to "2" (manual setting). [Pr. PB26.0 Gain switching selection] is set to "1" (signal (CDP/C_CDP)) while [Pr. PB26.4 Gain switching 2 selection] is set

to "2" (the same condition as [Pr. PB26.0 Gain switching selection]), or [Pr. PB26.4] is set to "1" (signal (CDP2/C_CDP2)). Switching gains during driving may cause a shock. Switch the gains after the servo motor has stopped.

[Pr. PB72_Gain switching 2 - Vibration suppression control 1 - Resonance frequency (VRF12C)]

Set the resonance frequency for vibration suppression control 1 for when the gain switching 2 is enabled. When the setting value of this servo parameter is less than "0.1", the setting value of [Pr. PB20 Vibration suppression control 1 - Resonance frequency] is applied. This servo parameter is enabled in the following conditions: [Pr. PA08.0 Gain adjustment mode selection] is set to "3" (manual mode). [Pr. PB02.0 Vibration suppression control 1 - Tuning mode selection] is set to "2" (manual setting). [Pr. PB26.0 Gain switching selection] is set to "1" (signal (CDP/C_CDP)) while [Pr. PB26.4 Gain switching 2 selection] is set

to "2" (the same condition as [Pr. PB26.0 Gain switching selection]), or [Pr. PB26.4] is set to "1" (signal (CDP2/C_CDP2)). Switching gains during driving may cause a shock. Switch the gains after the servo motor has stopped.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0.0 [ms] 0.0 to 5000.0 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0.0 [Hz] 0.0 to 300.0 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0.0 [Hz] 0.0 to 300.0 A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.3 Gain/filter setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PB_ _ ]) 53

54

[Pr. PB73_Gain switching 2 - Vibration suppression control 1 - Vibration frequency damping (VRF13C)]

Set the damping of the vibration frequency for vibration suppression control 1 for when the gain switching is enabled. This servo parameter is enabled in the following conditions: [Pr. PA08.0 Gain adjustment mode selection] is set to "3" (manual mode). [Pr. PB02.0 Vibration suppression control 1 - Tuning mode selection] is set to "2" (manual setting). [Pr. PB26.0 Gain switching selection] is set to "1" (signal (CDP/C_CDP)) while [Pr. PB26.4 Gain switching 2 selection] is set

to "2" (the same condition as [Pr. PB26.0 Gain switching selection]), or [Pr. PB26.4] is set to "1" (signal (CDP2/C_CDP2)). Switching gains during driving may cause a shock. Switch the gains after the servo motor has stopped.

[Pr. PB74_Gain switching 2 - Vibration suppression control 1 - Resonance frequency damping (VRF14C)]

Set the damping of the resonance frequency for vibration suppression control 1 for when the gain switching is enabled. This servo parameter is enabled in the following conditions: [Pr. PA08.0 Gain adjustment mode selection] is set to "3" (manual mode). [Pr. PB02.0 Vibration suppression control 1 - Tuning mode selection] is set to "2" (manual setting). [Pr. PB26.0 Gain switching selection] is set to "1" (signal (CDP/C_CDP)) while [Pr. PB26.4 Gain switching 2 selection] is set

to "2" (the same condition as [Pr. PB26.0 Gain switching selection]), or [Pr. PB26.4] is set to "1" (signal (CDP2/C_CDP2)). Switching gains during driving may cause a shock. Switch the gains after the servo motor has stopped.

[Pr. PB75_Gain switching 2 - Vibration suppression control 2 - Vibration frequency (VRF21C)]

Set the vibration frequency of vibration suppression control 2 for when the gain switching is enabled. When the setting value of this servo parameter is less than "0.1", the setting value of [Pr. PB52 Vibration suppression control 2 - Vibration frequency] is applied. This servo parameter is enabled in the following conditions: [Pr. PA08.0 Gain adjustment mode selection] is set to "3" (manual mode). [Pr. PA24.0 Vibration suppression mode selection] is set to "1" (3 inertia mode). [Pr. PB02.1 Vibration suppression control 2 - Tuning mode selection] is set to "2" (manual setting). [Pr. PB26.0 Gain switching selection] is set to "1" (signal (CDP/C_CDP)) while [Pr. PB26.4 Gain switching 2 selection] is set

to "2" (the same condition as [Pr. PB26.0 Gain switching selection]), or [Pr. PB26.4] is set to "1" (signal (CDP2/C_CDP2)). Switching gains during driving may cause a shock. Switch the gains after the servo motor has stopped.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0.00 0.00 to 0.30 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0.00 0.00 to 0.30 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0.0 [Hz] 0.0 to 300.0 A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.3 Gain/filter setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PB_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PB76_Gain switching 2 - Vibration suppression control 2 - Resonance frequency (VRF22C)]

Set the resonance frequency for vibration suppression control 2 for when the gain switching is enabled. When the setting value of this servo parameter is less than "0.1", the setting value of [Pr. PB53 Vibration suppression control 2 - Resonance frequency] is applied. This servo parameter is enabled in the following conditions: [Pr. PA08.0 Gain adjustment mode selection] is set to "3" (manual mode). [Pr. PA24.0 Vibration suppression mode selection] is set to "1" (3 inertia mode). [Pr. PB02.1 Vibration suppression control 2 - Tuning mode selection] is set to "2" (manual setting). [Pr. PB26.0 Gain switching selection] is set to "1" (signal (CDP/C_CDP)) while [Pr. PB26.4 Gain switching 2 selection] is set

to "2" (the same condition as [Pr. PB26.0 Gain switching selection]), or [Pr. PB26.4] is set to "1" (signal (CDP2/C_CDP2)). Switching gains during driving may cause a shock. Switch the gains after the servo motor has stopped.

[Pr. PB77_Gain switching 2 - Vibration suppression control 2 - Vibration frequency damping (VRF23C)]

Set the damping of the vibration frequency for vibration suppression control 2 for when the gain switching is enabled. This servo parameter is enabled in the following conditions: [Pr. PA08.0 Gain adjustment mode selection] is set to "3" (manual mode). [Pr. PA24.0 Vibration suppression mode selection] is set to "1" (3 inertia mode). [Pr. PB02.1 Vibration suppression control 2 - Tuning mode selection] is set to "2" (manual setting). [Pr. PB26.0 Gain switching selection] is set to "1" (signal (CDP/C_CDP)) while [Pr. PB26.4 Gain switching 2 selection] is set

to "2" (the same condition as [Pr. PB26.0 Gain switching selection]), or [Pr. PB26.4] is set to "1" (signal (CDP2/C_CDP2)). Switching gains during driving may cause a shock. Switch the gains after the servo motor has stopped.

[Pr. PB78_Gain switching 2 - Vibration suppression control 2 - Resonance frequency damping (VRF24C)]

Set the damping of the resonance frequency for vibration suppression control 2 for when the gain switching is enabled. This servo parameter is enabled in the following conditions: [Pr. PA08.0 Gain adjustment mode selection] is set to "3" (manual mode). [Pr. PA24.0 Vibration suppression mode selection] is set to "1" (3 inertia mode). [Pr. PB02.1 Vibration suppression control 2 - Tuning mode selection] is set to "2" (manual setting). [Pr. PB26.0 Gain switching selection] is set to "1" (signal (CDP/C_CDP)) while [Pr. PB26.4 Gain switching 2 selection] is set

to "2" (the same condition as [Pr. PB26.0 Gain switching selection]), or [Pr. PB26.4] is set to "1" (signal (CDP2/C_CDP2)). Switching gains during driving may cause a shock. Switch the gains after the servo motor has stopped.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0.0 [Hz] 0.0 to 300.0 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0.00 0.00 to 0.30 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0.00 0.00 to 0.30 A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.3 Gain/filter setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PB_ _ ]) 55

56

[Pr. PB79_Gain switching 2 - Model control gain (PG1C)]

Set the model control gain for when the gain switching is enabled. When the setting value of this servo parameter is less than "1.0", the setting value of [Pr. PB07 Model control gain] is applied. This servo parameter is enabled in the following conditions: [Pr. PB26.0 Gain switching selection] is set to "1" (signal (CDP/C_CDP)) while [Pr. PB26.4 Gain switching 2 selection] is set

to "2" (the same condition as [Pr. PB26.0 Gain switching selection]), or [Pr. PB26.4] is set to "1" (signal (CDP2/C_CDP2)).

[Pr. PB81_Command filter (*CFIL)]

[Pr. PB81.4_Position command smoothing filter]

This function can be used only in position mode and positioning mode. This filter and [Pr. PB45 Command notch filter] are mutually exclusive. "1" (enabled) can be set in this function only when [Pr. PB45.0-1 Command notch filter setting frequency selection] is set to "00h" (disabled). When a setting value other than "00h" (disabled) is set in [Pr. PB45.0-1], the filter is disabled regardless of the setting value. 0: Disabled 1: Enabled When "1" (enabled) is selected, set the filter time constant with [Pr. PB82 Position command smoothing filter time constant].

[Pr. PB82_Position command smoothing filter time constant (PFT)]

Set the position command smoothing filter time constant. This servo parameter can be used when [Pr. PB81.4 Position command smoothing filter] is set to "1" (enabled).

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0.0 [rad/s] 0.0 to 8000.0 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000001h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0.0 [ms] 0.0 to 100.0 A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.3 Gain/filter setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PB_ _ ])

1

1.4 Extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr.

PC_ _ ]) [Pr. PC01_Excessive error alarm trigger level (ERZ)]

Set an excessive error alarm trigger level. If using a rotary servo motor, set the level in units of rev. If 200 rev or higher is set, the value will be clamped to 200 rev. If using a linear servo motor, the unit of the servo motor speed is [mm/s]. When the value is set to "0", the alarm trigger level for rotary servo motors is 3 rev. The alarm trigger level for linear servo motors is 100 mm. The unit can be changed with [Pr. PC06.3 Excessive error alarm trigger level/excessive error warning trigger level - Unit selection].

[Pr. PC02_Electromagnetic brake sequence output (MBR)]

Set the delay time used between the MBR (Electromagnetic brake interlock) shut-off and the base circuit shut-off.

[Pr. PC04_Function selection C-1 (**COP1)]

[Pr. PC04.3_Encoder cable communication method selection]

0: Two-wire type 1: Four-wire type If the value is set incorrectly, [AL. 016 Encoder initial communication error 1] or [AL. 020 Encoder normal communication error 1] occurs. When using an A/B/Z-phase differential output type encoder, set "0". Setting "1" triggers [AL. 037 Parameter error].

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [rev], [mm] 0 to 1000 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [ms] 0 to 1000 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.4 Extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PC_ _ ]) 57

58

[Pr. PC05_Function selection C-2 (**COP2)]

[Pr. PC05.0_Motor-less operation selection]

Enable or disable motor-less operation. This operation can be used only in semi closed loop control while a rotary servo motor is used. 0: Disabled 1: Enabled

[Pr. PC05.1_Test operation selection]

When using servo amplifiers in test operation mode, set this servo parameter to "1". 0: Disabled 1: Enabled

[Pr. PC05.4_Encoder communication circuit diagnosis mode selection]

Enable or disable the encoder communication circuit diagnosis mode. [AL. 118.1 Encoder communication circuit diagnosis in progress] occurs during the encoder communication circuit diagnosis mode. 0: Encoder communication circuit diagnosis mode disabled 1: Encoder communication circuit diagnosis mode enabled

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.4 Extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PC_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PC06_Function selection C-3 (*COP3)]

[Pr. PC06.0_In-position range unit selection]

Select a unit of the in-position range. This servo parameter is enabled only in the position mode and positioning mode. 0: Command input pulse unit 1: Servo motor encoder pulse unit

[Pr. PC06.3_Excessive error alarm trigger level/excessive error warning trigger level - Unit selection]

Select the unit used when setting the excessive error alarm trigger level in [Pr. PC01 Excessive error alarm trigger level] and setting the excessive error warning trigger level in [Pr. PC38 Excessive error warning trigger level]. This servo parameter is enabled only in the position mode and positioning mode. 0: [rev] or [mm] 1: [0.1 rev] or [0.1 mm] 2: [0.01 rev] or [0.01 mm] 3: [0.001 rev] or [0.001 mm]

[Pr. PC07_Zero speed (ZSP)]

Set an output range of the zero speed signal (ZSP). The zero speed signal detection has a hysteresis of 20 [r/min] (20 [mm/s]).

[Pr. PC08_Overspeed alarm detection level (OSL)]

Set an overspeed alarm detection level. When a value exceeding "servo motor maximum speed 120 %" is set, the value will be clamped at "servo motor maximum speed 120 %". When "0" is set, the value of "servo motor maximum speed 120 %" will be set.

[Pr. PC17_Function selection C-4 (**COP4)]

[Pr. PC17.1_Linear encoder multipoint Z-phase input function selection]

When multiple reference marks exist during the full stroke of the linear encoder, set "1". 0: Disabled 1: Enabled

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 50 [r/min], [mm/s] 0 to 10000 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [r/min], [mm/s] 0 to 20000 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text B2

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.4 Extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PC_ _ ]) 59

60

[Pr. PC19_Function selection C-6 (*COP6)]

[Pr. PC19.0_[AL. 099 Stroke limit warning] selection]

Enable or disable [AL. 099 Stroke limit warning]. When "Disabled" is selected, [AL. 099] does not occur while LSP (Forward rotation stroke end) or LSN (Reverse rotation stroke end) is off, but the operation will be stopped with the stroke limit. 0: Enabled 1: Disabled

[Pr. PC19.4_Output open-phase detection selection]

Enable or disable the detection of output open-phase detection function. 0: Disabled 1: Enabled

[Pr. PC19.6_Output open phase - Judgment speed selection]

0: Servo motor speed 1: Speed command When "0" (servo motor speed) is set, the value of the servo motor speed is used for the speed judgment of the output open- phase detection. When "1" (speed command) is set, the speed command value is used for the speed judgment of the output open-phase detection. In the torque mode, set "0" (servo motor speed). When "1" (speed command) is set, [AL. 139.2 Output open-phase error] does not occur.

[Pr. PC20_Function selection C-7 (*COP7)]

[Pr. PC20.2_Undervoltage alarm selection]

Select the alarm or warning that occurs when the bus voltage drops to the undervoltage alarm trigger level. 0: [AL. 010 Undervoltage] occurs regardless of servo motor speed 1: [AL. 0E9 Main circuit off warning] occurs when the servo motor speed is 50 r/min (50 mm/s) or less, and [AL. 010] occurs when over 50 r/min (50 mm/s).

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.4 Extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PC_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PC21_Alarm history clear (*BPS)]

[Pr. PC21.0_Alarm clear history selection]

0: Disabled 1: Enabled When "1" (enabled) is selected, the alarm history will be cleared at either the next power cycle, at software reset, or at controller reset. After the alarm history is cleared, "0" (disabled) will be set to this servo parameter automatically.

[Pr. PC24_Deceleration time constant at forced stop (RSBR)]

Set the deceleration time constant for the forced stop deceleration function. Set the time taken from the rated speed to 0 [r/min] (0 [mm/s]) in units of ms. When "0" is set, the deceleration time constant is the same as when "100" is set.

This servo parameter corresponds to [Quick stop deceleration (Obj. 6085h)]. When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools. This servo parameter is enabled when [Pr. PT01.1 Speed/acceleration/deceleration unit selection] is set to "0". This servo parameter and [Pr. PV09 Deceleration at forced stop] are mutually exclusive. If the servo motor torque or thrust is saturated at the maximum value during forced stop deceleration because the set time

is too short, the time to stop the servo motor will be longer than the set time constant. [AL. 050 Overload 1] or [AL. 051 Overload 2] may occur during forced stop deceleration, depending on the set value. After an occurrence of an alarm to execute forced stop deceleration, if another alarm that does not execute forced stop

deceleration occurs, or if the power supply is shut off, dynamic braking will start regardless of the deceleration time constant setting.

Set a longer time than deceleration time at quick stop of the controller. If the setting time is too short, [AL. 052 Excessive error] may occur.

During forced stop deceleration, changes in the setting value are not reflected. If the setting value is changed during forced stop deceleration, the change will be reflected after the deceleration is completed.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 100 [ms] 0 to 20000 A4

[Pr. PC24]

Forced stop deceleration

Servo motor speed

Rated speed

Dynamic brake deceleration

Zero speed

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.4 Extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PC_ _ ]) 61

62

[Pr. PC26_Function selection C-8 (**COP8)]

[Pr. PC26.0_A/B/Z-phase input encoder connection selection]

0: Disabled (only serial encoders are supported) 2: Enabled (only A/B/Z-phase input encoders are supported)

[Pr. PC27_Function selection C-9 (**COP9)]

[Pr. PC27.0_Encoder pulse count polarity selection]

Select the polarity of the linear encoder. 0: Encoder pulse increasing direction in the servo motor CCW or positive direction 1: Encoder pulse decreasing direction in the servo motor CCW or positive direction

[Pr. PC27.2_ABZ phase input interface encoder ABZ phase connection assessment function selection]

Select the non-signal detection status for the pulse train signal from the A/B/Z-phase input interface encoder being used as a linear encoder. This function is enabled when an A/B/Z-phase input interface encoder is used.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000050h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text B2

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text B2

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text B2

Setting value Detection of disconnection Alarm status

Z-phase-side non-signal Linear 0 Enabled [AL. 020.6 Encoder normal communication - Transmission

data error 2] (Z-phase)

1 Disabled

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.4 Extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PC_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PC29_Function selection C-B (*COPB)]

[Pr. PC29.3_Torque POL reflection selection]

When this servo parameter setting is enabled, setting of [Pr. PA14 Travel direction selection] changes the polarities in the following items: torque command ([Target torque (Obj. 6071h)] and [Torque demand value (Obj. 6074h)]), torque limit value ([Positive torque limit value (Obj. 60E0h)] and [Negative torque limit value (Obj. 60E1h)]), and torque feedback ([Torque actual value (Obj. 6077h)]). 0: Enabled 1: Disabled

[Pr. PC29.5_[AL. 0E3 Absolute position counter warning] selection]

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00101000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 1h Refer to the text A4

Setting value Selection of servo motor rotation direction/linear servo motor travel direction

[Pr. PC29.3] [Pr. PA14] Torque handled by the controller: positive

Torque handled by the controller: negative

0: Enabled 0 CCW or positive direction (Forward rotation in power running mode, reverse rotation in regenerative mode)

CW or negative direction (Reverse rotation in power running mode, forward rotation in regenerative mode)

1 CW or negative direction (Reverse rotation in power running mode, forward rotation in regenerative mode)

CCW or positive direction (Forward rotation in power running mode, reverse rotation in regenerative mode)

1: Disabled 0 CCW or positive direction (Forward rotation in power running mode, reverse rotation in regenerative mode)

CW or negative direction (Reverse rotation in power running mode, forward rotation in regenerative mode)

1

Initial value Setting range Ver. 1h Refer to the text A4

Setting digit (BIN) Function _ _ _ x [AL. 0E3 Absolute position counter warning] selection

0: Disabled 1: Enabled When this servo parameter is set to "Disabled", [AL. 0E3] does not occur even if the travel distance from the home position exceeds the maximum or minimum value of the multi-revolution counter. Only set this to "disabled" when configuring the absolute position detection system in cyclic synchronous mode with a motion module manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric. When [Pr. PT01.2 Unit for position data] is set to "2" (degree), the infinite feed function can be used. Therefore, [AL. 0E3.1 Multi-revolution counter travel distance exceeded warning] will not be detected even if this function has been set to "1".

_ _ x _

_ x _ _

x _ _ _

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.4 Extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PC_ _ ]) 63

64

[Pr. PC31_Vertical axis freefall prevention compensation amount (RSUP1)]

Set the compensation amount of the vertical axis freefall prevention function. Set the compensation amount in either the servo motor rotation amount unit or linear servo motor travel distance unit. When a positive value is set, the compensation is performed to the command address increasing direction. When a negative value is set, compensation is performed to the command address decreasing direction. The vertical axis freefall prevention function is performed when all of the following conditions are met. The control mode is set for the position mode or positioning mode. The setting value of this servo parameter is other than "0". The forced stop deceleration function is enabled. An alarm has occurred or EM2 has turned off when the servo motor rotates at the zero speed or less. Or, the Quick stop

command was issued. MBR (Electromagnetic brake interlock) was enabled in [Pr. PD07 Output device selection 1] to [Pr. PD09 Output device

selection 3], and the base circuit shut-off delay time was set in [Pr. PC02 Electromagnetic brake sequence output].

[Pr. PC38_Excessive error warning trigger level (ERW)]

Set the excessive error warning trigger level. The unit can be changed with [Pr. PC06.3 Excessive error alarm trigger level/excessive error warning trigger level - Unit selection]. If using a rotary servo motor, set the level in units of rev. If 200 rev or higher is set, the value will be clamped to 200 rev. If using a linear servo motor, set the level in units of mm. When "0" is set, [AL. 09B Excessive error warning] does not occur. If an error reaches the set value, [AL. 09B] occurs. If the error later becomes less than the setting value, the warning will be automatically canceled. The minimum pulse width of the warning signal output is 100 [ms]. Set as follows: [Pr. PC38 Excessive error warning trigger level] < [Pr. PC01 Excessive error alarm trigger level]. When set as [Pr. PC38] [Pr. PC01], [AL. 052 Excessive error] occurs before the warning.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [0.0001 rev], [0.01 mm] -25000 to 25000 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [rev], [mm] 0 to 1000 A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.4 Extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PC_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PC41_Function selection C-J (*COPJ)]

[Pr. PC41.0_[AL. 090.1 Homing incomplete] detection selection]

Enable or disable [AL. 090.1 Homing incomplete]. This function is enabled in the cyclic synchronous position mode. When setting this servo parameter to "1" (disabled), set [Pr. PC29.5 [AL. 0E3 Absolute position counter warning] selection] to "0" (disabled). 0: Enabled 1: Disabled

[Pr. PC41.3_Electromagnetic brake sequence output function selection]

When shifting the PDS state from the Operation enabled state to servo-off, select a state after transition which enables [Pr. PC02 Electromagnetic brake sequence output]. The state changes to the one selected with this servo parameter after the time set in [Pr. PC02] has passed. 0: Switched on 1: Switched on/Ready to switch on/Switch on disabled

[Pr. PC65_Zero speed 2 level (ZSP2L)]

Set the level of speed at which zero speed 2 turns on. If the state where the absolute value of the servo motor speed exceeds the setting value of this servo parameter continues for the time set in [Pr. PC66 Zero speed 2 filtering time] or longer, bit 12 (Speed) of [Statusword (Obj. 6041h)] turns off. This function is enabled in the profile velocity mode. This servo parameter corresponds to [Velocity threshold (Obj. 606Fh)]. When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools. This servo parameter is enabled when [Pr. PT01.1 Speed/acceleration/deceleration unit selection] is set to "0". This servo parameter and [Pr. PV20 Zero speed 2 level extension setting] are mutually exclusive.

[Pr. PC66_Zero speed 2 filtering time (ZSP2F)]

This servo parameter sets the zero speed 2 filtering time. If the state where the absolute value of the servo motor speed exceeds [Pr. PC65 Zero speed 2 level] continues for the setting value of this servo parameter or longer, bit 12 (Speed) of [Statusword (Obj. 6041h)] turns off. This function is enabled in the profile velocity mode. This servo parameter corresponds to [Velocity threshold time (Obj. 6070h)]. When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A6

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text C0

Initial value Setting range Ver. 50.00 [r/min], [mm/s] 0.00 to 655.35 B2

Initial value Setting range Ver. 10 [ms] 0 to 65535 B2

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.4 Extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PC_ _ ]) 65

66

[Pr. PC67_Following error output level (FEW)]

Set the output level of the following error output. When the state of "droop pulses the parameter setting value" continues for the time set in [Pr. PC69 Following error output filtering time], bit 13 (Following error) of [Statusword (Obj. 6041h)] turns on. If "FFFFFFFFh" is set, the following error output will be disabled. Set the value in hexadecimal. This function is enabled in the cyclic synchronous position mode, profile position mode, point table mode, and JOG operation mode. This servo parameter corresponds to [Following error window (Obj. 6065h)]. When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools. The unit can be changed to 0.001 mm, 0.0001 inch, 0.001 degree or pulses with [Pr. PT01.2 Unit for position data].

[Pr. PC69_Following error output filtering time (FEWF)]

Set the time until the following error output turns on. When the state in which droop pulses [Pr. PC67 Following error output level] continues for the time set in the servo parameter setting value, bit 13 (Following error) of [Statusword (Obj. 6041h)] turns on. This function is enabled in the cyclic synchronous position mode, profile position mode, point table mode, and JOG operation mode. This servo parameter corresponds to [Following error time out (Obj. 6066h)]. When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools. When the setting value of [Pr. PC67] is "FFFFFFFFh", the following error output is disabled.

[Pr. PC70_In-position 2 - Output range (INP2R)]

Set the position range where the in-position 2 output turns on. If the state where the error between the command position and the actual position is within the setting value of this servo parameter continues for the time set in [Pr. PC71 In-position 2 - Output filtering time] or longer, bit 10 (Target reached) of [Statusword (Obj. 6041h)] turns on. However, if "4294967295" is set, bit 10 (Target reached) of [Statusword (Obj. 6041h)] is always turned on. This function is enabled in the profile position mode, point table mode, and JOG operation mode. This servo parameter corresponds to [Position window (Obj. 6067h)]. When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools. The unit can be changed to 0.001 mm, 0.0001 inch, 0.001 degree or pulses with [Pr. PT01.2 Unit for position data].

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00C00000h [Refer to the text below for the unit.] 00000000h to FFFFFFFFh A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 10 [ms] 0 to 65535 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 100 [Refer to the text below for the unit.] 0 to 4294967295 B2

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.4 Extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PC_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PC71_In-position 2 - Output filtering time (INP2F)]

This servo parameter sets the time until the in-position 2 output turns on. If the state where the error between the command position and the actual position is within [Pr. PC70 In-position 2 - Output range] continues for the setting value of this servo parameter or longer, bit 10 (Target reached) of [Statusword (Obj. 6041h)] turns on. When [Pr. PC70] is set to "4294967295", bit 10 (Target reached) of [Statusword (Obj. 6041h)] is always turned on. This function is enabled in the profile position mode, point table mode, and JOG operation mode. This servo parameter corresponds to [Position window time (Obj. 6068h)]. When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools.

[Pr. PC72_Speed reached 2 - Output range (SA2R)]

This servo parameter sets the range of speed at which speed reached 2 output turns on. If the state where the error between the command speed and the servo motor speed is within the setting value of this servo parameter continues for the time set in [Pr. PC73 Speed reached 2 - Output filtering time] or longer, bit 10 (Target velocity reached) of [Statusword (Obj. 6041h)] turns on. This function is enabled in the profile velocity mode. This servo parameter corresponds to [Velocity window (Obj. 606Dh)]. When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools. This servo parameter is enabled when [Pr. PT01.1 Speed/acceleration/deceleration unit selection] is set to "0". This servo parameter and [Pr. PV19 Speed reached 2 - Output range - Extension setting] are mutually exclusive.

[Pr. PC73_Speed reached 2 - Output filtering time (SA2F)]

This servo parameter sets the time until the speed reached 2 output turns on. If the state where the error between the speed command and the servo motor speed is within [Pr. PC72 Speed reached 2 - Output filtering time] continues for the setting value of this servo parameter or longer, bit 10 (Target velocity reached) of [Statusword (Obj. 6041h)] turns on. This function is enabled in the profile velocity mode. This servo parameter corresponds to [Velocity window time (Obj. 606Eh)]. When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 10 [ms] 0 to 65535 B2

Initial value Setting range Ver. 20.00 [r/min], [mm/s] 0.00 to 655.35 B2

Initial value Setting range Ver. 10 [ms] 0 to 65535 B2

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.4 Extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PC_ _ ]) 67

68

[Pr. PC76_Function selection C-E (*COPE)]

[Pr. PC76.1_ZSP disabled selection at control switching]

Select whether to switch the control mode from or to the position mode within the ZSP range. 0: Enabled (control switching is performed within the range of ZSP) 1: Disabled (control switching is performed regardless of the range of ZSP) If set to "Disabled", control switching may cause a shock.

[Pr. PC76.2_Internal command speed POL reflection selection]

When this function is enabled, the polarity in [Velocity demand value (Obj. 606Bh)] can be changed with the setting value of [Pr. PA14 Travel direction selection]. 0: Automatic setting (1: POL setting enabled) 1: POL setting enabled 2: POL setting disabled

[Pr. PC76.3_Limit switch status read selection]

The outputs of LSP (Forward rotation stroke end) or LSN (Reverse rotation stroke end) read by [Digital inputs (Obj. 60FDh)] can be reversed. Refer to the following table for information regarding this servo parameter and outputs.

[Pr. PC78_Function selection C-F (*COPF)]

[Pr. PC78.1_Maximum torque limit 1 selection]

Select whether to enable or disable the maximum torque limit 1. 0: Disabled 1: Enabled

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000001h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text B2

Pr. PC76.3 LSP/LSN [Digital inputs (Obj. 60FDh)] 0 OFF 0

ON 1

1 OFF 1

ON 0

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.4 Extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PC_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PC79_Function selection C-G (*COPG)]

For DI pin numbers corresponding to setting digits, refer to the following table. If this servo parameter is set incorrectly, [AL. 037 Parameter error] may occur.

[Pr. PC79.0_DI status read selection]

Select whether to return the on/off state of the input device or the on/off state of the pin when reading [Digital inputs (Obj. 60FDh)].

[Pr. PC79.1_DI status read selection]

Select whether to return the on/off state of the input device or the on/off state of the pin when reading [Digital inputs (Obj. 60FDh)].

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Servo parameter number Setting digit (BIN) Name DI pin [Pr. PC79.0] _ _ _ x For manufacturer setting

_ _ x _ DI1 status read selection CN3-2

_ x _ _ DI2 status read selection CN3-12

x _ _ _ DI3 status read selection CN3-19

[Pr. PC79.1] _ _ _ x For manufacturer setting

_ _ x _ For manufacturer setting

_ x _ _ EM2/EM1 status read selection CN3-20

x _ _ _ For manufacturer setting

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00h Refer to the text A4

Setting digit (BIN) Function _ _ _ x

_ _ x _ DI1 status read selection Select the DI1 (bit 17) status read operation. For the DI pin corresponding to DI1, refer to the following table. 0: Returns the on/off state of the input device. 1: Returns the on/off state of DI1 pin.

_ x _ _ DI2 status read selection Select the DI2 (bit 18) status read operation. For the DI pin corresponding to DI2, refer to the following table. 0: Returns the on/off state of the input device. 1: Returns the on/off state of DI2 pin.

x _ _ _ DI3 status read selection Select the DI3 (bit 19) status read operation. For the DI pin corresponding to DI3, refer to the following table. 0: Returns the on/off state of the input device. 1: Returns the on/off state of DI3 pin.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00h Refer to the text A4

Setting digit (BIN) Function _ _ _ x

_ _ x _

_ x _ _ EM2/EM1 status read selection Select the EM2/EM1 (bit 22) status read operation. For the DI pin corresponding to EM2/EM1, refer to the following table. 0: Returns the on/off state of the input device. 1: Returns the on/off state of EM2/EM1 pin.

x _ _ _

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.4 Extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PC_ _ ]) 69

70

1.5 I/O setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PD_ _ ]) [Pr. PD01_Input signal automatic ON selection 1 (*DIA1)]

[Pr. PD01.0_For manufacturer setting] This servo parameter is for manufacturer setting.

[Pr. PD01.1_For manufacturer setting] This servo parameter is for manufacturer setting.

[Pr. PD01.2_Input signal automatic ON selection]

Select input devices that turn on automatically.

[Pr. PD01.3_For manufacturer setting] This servo parameter is for manufacturer setting.

[Pr. PD01.4_For manufacturer setting] This servo parameter is for manufacturer setting.

[Pr. PD01.5_For manufacturer setting] This servo parameter is for manufacturer setting.

[Pr. PD01.6_For manufacturer setting] This servo parameter is for manufacturer setting.

[Pr. PD01.7_For manufacturer setting] This servo parameter is for manufacturer setting.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Setting digit (BIN) Function _ _ _ x

_ _ x _

_ x _ _ Forward rotation stroke end (LSP) 0: Use for an external input signal 1: Automatic on

x _ _ _ Reverse rotation stroke end (LSN) 0: Use for an external input signal 1: Automatic on

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.5 I/O setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PD_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PD03_Input device selection 1 (*DI1)]

Select the device to be assigned to the input signal of the CN3 connector. The connector pin numbers to be assigned are as follows.

[Pr. PD03.0-1_Device selection]

Refer to the following table for setting values.

[Pr. PD04_Input device selection 2 (*DI2)]

Select the device to be assigned to the input signal of the CN3 connector. The connector pin numbers to be assigned are as follows.

[Pr. PD04.0-1_Device selection]

Refer to the following for setting values. Page 71 [Pr. PD03_Input device selection 1 (*DI1)]

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0000000Ah Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Model Axis Connector pin No. Initially assigned device MR-JET-_G CN3-2 LSP

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0Ah Refer to the text A4

Setting Input signal device 00 No assigned function

04 PC

0A LSP

0B LSN

0D CDP

22 DOG

40 CDP2

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0000000Bh Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Model Axis Connector pin No. Initially assigned device MR-JET-_G CN3-12 LSN

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0Bh Refer to the text A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.5 I/O setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PD_ _ ]) 71

72

[Pr. PD05_Input device selection 3 (*DI3)]

Select the device to be assigned to the input signal of the CN3 connector. The connector pin numbers to be assigned are as follows.

[Pr. PD05.0-1_Device selection]

Refer to the following for setting values. Page 71 [Pr. PD03_Input device selection 1 (*DI1)] DOG is assigned as the initial value.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000022h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Model Axis Connector pin No. Initially assigned device MR-JET-_G CN3-19 DOG

Initial value Setting range Ver. 22h Refer to the text A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.5 I/O setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PD_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PD07_Output device selection 1 (*DO1)]

Select the device to be assigned to the output signal of CN3 connector. The connector pin numbers to be assigned are as follows.

When DB signal is selected in the device selection, the servo-off sequence at power failure changes.

[Pr. PD07.0-1_Device selection]

Refer to the following table for setting values.

*1 Available on servo amplifiers with firmware version B6 or later.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000005h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Model Axis Connector pin No. Initially assigned device MR-JET-_G CN3-13 MBR

Initial value Setting range Ver. 05h Refer to the text A4

Setting Output signal device 00 Always off

02 RD

03 ALM

04 INP

05 MBR

06 DB

07 TLC

08 WNG

09 BWNG

0A SA

0B VLC

0C ZSP

0E WNGSTOP

0F CDPS

11 ABSV

17 MTTR

18 CDPS2

21 *1 DOA

22 *1 DOB

23 *1 DOC

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.5 I/O setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PD_ _ ]) 73

74

[Pr. PD08_Output device selection 2 (*DO2)]

Select the device to be assigned to the output signal of CN3 connector. The connector pin numbers to be assigned are as follows.

[Pr. PD08.0-1_Device selection]

Refer to the following for setting values. Page 73 [Pr. PD07_Output device selection 1 (*DO1)]

[Pr. PD09_Output device selection 3 (*DO3)]

Select the device to be assigned to the output signal of CN3 connector. The connector pin numbers to be assigned are as follows.

[Pr. PD09.0-1_Device selection]

Refer to the following for setting values. Page 73 [Pr. PD07_Output device selection 1 (*DO1)]

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000004h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Model Axis Connector pin No. Initially assigned device MR-JET-_G CN3-9 INP

Initial value Setting range Ver. 04h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000003h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Model Axis Connector pin No. Initially assigned device MR-JET-_G CN3-15 ALM

Initial value Setting range Ver. 03h Refer to the text A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.5 I/O setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PD_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PD11_Input filter setting (*DIF)]

[Pr. PD11.0_Input signal filter selection]

[Pr. PD12_Function selection D-1 (*DOP1)]

Set the servo motor thermistor to either enabled or disabled.

[Pr. PD12.3_Servo motor thermistor - Enabled/disabled selection]

0: Enabled 1: Disabled This servo parameter is enabled when a servo motor with a built-in thermistor is used. When a servo motor without a thermistor is used, the servo parameter is disabled (temperature monitoring disabled/alarm disabled) regardless of the setting value. No alarm is detected in motor-less operation. When the temperature monitoring of the motor thermistor is disabled, "9999 C" is displayed.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000007h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 7h Refer to the text A4

Setting value Filtering time [ms] 0 No filter

1 0.500

2 1.000

3 1.500

4 2.000

5 2.500

6 3.000

7 3.500

8 4.000

9 4.500

A 5.000

B 5.500

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000101h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text B2

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.5 I/O setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PD_ _ ]) 75

76

[Pr. PD13_Function selection D-2 (*DOP2)]

[Pr. PD13.2_INP output signal ON condition selection]

Select a condition for outputting INP (In-position). This function is enabled in the cyclic synchronous position mode, profile position mode, and positioning mode (point table method). INP (In-position) immediately after servo-on or after forced stop is canceled is off. 0: Within the in-position range 1: Within the in-position range and at the completion of command output 2: Within the in-position range, at the completion of command output, and at start signal off Refer to the following table for details.

: Required : Not required *1 The condition for completing a command output depends on the operation mode.

When a position command is not input for approximately 1 ms, the command output is considered to have been completed. When the command remaining distance is 0, the command output is considered to have been completed.

*2 Available on servo amplifiers with firmware version B2 or later. *3 Available on servo amplifiers with firmware version B8 or later.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Setting value

INP (In-position) ON condition

Droop pulses < in-position range

Command output completion *1

Start signal off

Cyclic synchronous position mode

Profile position mode *2 Positioning mode (point table method) *3

0

1

2

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.5 I/O setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PD_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PD14_Function selection D-3 (*DOP3)]

[Pr. PD14.1_Output device status at warning occurrence]

Select ALM (Malfunction) output status at warning occurrence.

[Pr. PD41_Function selection D-4 (*DOP4)]

[Pr. PD41.2_Limit switch enabled status selection]

0: Limit switch always enabled 1: Enabled only for homing mode If "1" is set, the limit switches during servo motor operation are disabled. To prevent a collision, do not use the limit switch unless the stroke limit is controlled from the controller. The status of the limit switches (S_FLS and S_RLS) is returned. Even if "1" is set, the limit switches are enabled during the test operation and at magnetic pole detection. Set "1" if the controller is a Mitsubishi Electric motion module.

[Pr. PD41.3_Sensor input method selection]

Select the input method for the proximity dog and limit switches. 0: Input from servo amplifier (LSP/LSN/DOG) 1: Input from controller (C_FLS/C_RLS/C_DOG) When selecting "0", wire the limit switch installed in CCW direction to LSP, and wire the limit switch installed in CW direction to LSN. If the limit switches are wired in the opposite direction, the servo motor will not stop with the limit switches. When selecting "1", set the limit switch installed in position address increasing direction to C_FLS, and the limit switch installed in decreasing direction to C_RLS. After that, input the limit signals from the controller. If the limit switches are wired in the opposite direction, the servo motor will not stop with the limit switches.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Setting value Device status 0

1

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

OFF ON

OFF ON

WNG

ALM

Warning occurrence

OFF ON

OFF ON

WNG

ALM

Warning occurrence

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.5 I/O setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PD_ _ ]) 77

78

[Pr. PD60_DI pin polarity selection (*DIP)]

For DI pin numbers corresponding to setting digits, refer to the following table. If this servo parameter is set incorrectly, [AL. 037 Parameter error] may occur.

[Pr. PD60.0_DI pin polarity selection]

Select the DI pin polarity.

[Pr. PD60.1_For manufacturer setting] This servo parameter is for manufacturer setting.

[Pr. PD60.2_For manufacturer setting] This servo parameter is for manufacturer setting.

[Pr. PD60.3_For manufacturer setting] This servo parameter is for manufacturer setting.

[Pr. PD60.4_For manufacturer setting] This servo parameter is for manufacturer setting.

[Pr. PD60.5_For manufacturer setting] This servo parameter is for manufacturer setting.

[Pr. PD60.6_For manufacturer setting] This servo parameter is for manufacturer setting.

[Pr. PD60.7_For manufacturer setting] This servo parameter is for manufacturer setting.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Servo parameter number Setting digit (BIN) Name Model [Pr. PD60.0] _ _ _ x DI pin polarity selection 1 CN3-2

_ _ x _ DI pin polarity selection 2 CN3-12

_ x _ _ DI pin polarity selection 3 CN3-19

x _ _ _ For manufacturer setting

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Setting digit (BIN) Function _ _ _ x DI pin polarity selection 1

0: ON with 24 V input 1: ON with 0 V input

_ _ x _ DI pin polarity selection 2 0: ON with 24 V input 1: ON with 0 V input

_ x _ _ DI pin polarity selection 3 0: ON with 24 V input 1: ON with 0 V input

x _ _ _

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.5 I/O setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PD_ _ ])

1

1.6 Extension setting 2 servo parameters group ([Pr.

PE_ _ ]) [Pr. PE41_Function selection E-3 (EOP3)]

[Pr. PE41.0_Robust filter selection]

0: Disabled 1: Enabled When this setting value is set to "Enabled", the machine resonance suppression filter 5 set in [Pr. PB51 Notch shape selection 5] cannot be used.

[Pr. PE41.6_Unbalanced torque offset setting selection]

0: Manual setting 1: Automatic setting If "1" (automatic setting) has been set and friction estimation by the machine diagnosis function has completed for both the forward and reverse rotations, the value of [Pr. PE47 Unbalanced torque offset] will be set automatically according to the estimated friction value. After [Pr. PE47] is set automatically, this servo parameter changes to "0" (Manual setting). The value of [Pr. PE47] will not be set automatically and this servo parameter keeps the value "1" (automatic setting) until friction estimation completes for both the forward and reverse rotations.

[Pr. PE44_Lost motion compensation positive-side compensation value selection (LMCP)]

Set the lost motion compensation for when negative speed switches to positive speed in increments of 0.01 % in relation to the rated torque as 100 %. This function is enabled in the position mode and positioning mode.

[Pr. PE45_Lost motion compensation negative-side compensation value selection (LMCN)]

Set the lost motion compensation for when positive speed switches to negative speed in increments of 0.01 % in relation to the rated torque as 100 %. This function is enabled in the position mode and positioning mode.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [0.01 %] 0 to 30000 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [0.01 %] 0 to 30000 A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.6 Extension setting 2 servo parameters group ([Pr. PE_ _ ]) 79

80

[Pr. PE46_Lost motion filter setting (LMFLT)]

When "0" is set, the value is compensated with the compensation amount of the value that was set in [Pr. PE44 Lost motion compensation positive-side compensation value selection] and [Pr. PE45 Lost motion compensation negative-side compensation value selection]. When a value other than "0" is set, the torque is compensated with the high-pass filter output value of the set time constant, and the lost motion compensation will continue. This function is enabled in the position mode and positioning mode.

[Pr. PE47_Unbalanced torque offset (TOF)]

Set this to cancel the unbalanced torque of a vertical axis. Set this in relation to the rated torque of the servo motor as 100 %. The torque offset does not need to be set for a machine that does not generate unbalanced torque. This servo parameter can be used in applications where an unbalanced torque is generated constantly, such as when a linear servo motor is operated horizontally with tension applied in one direction. The torque offset that has been set with this servo parameter is enabled in any control mode. In the torque mode, input commands taking the torque offset into account. This servo parameter is suitable when the torque offset does not need to be changed dynamically.

[Pr. PE48_Lost motion compensation function selection (*LMOP)]

This function is enabled in the position mode and positioning mode.

[Pr. PE48.0_Lost motion compensation type selection]

0: Lost motion compensation disabled 1: Lost motion compensation enabled

[Pr. PE48.1_Lost motion compensation dead band unit setting]

0: 1 pulse unit 1: 1 kpulse unit

[Pr. PE49_Lost motion compensation timing (LMCD)]

Set the lost motion compensation timing in units of 0.1 ms. The timing to perform the lost motion compensation function can be delayed by a set time. This function is enabled in the position mode and positioning mode.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [0.1 ms] 0 to 30000 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [0.01 %] -10000 to 10000 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [0.1 ms] 0 to 30000 A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.6 Extension setting 2 servo parameters group ([Pr. PE_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PE50_Lost motion compensation dead band (LMCT)]

Set the lost motion compensation non-sensitive band. When the fluctuation of droop pulses is equal to or less than the setting value, the speed is recognized as 0. The setting unit can be changed with [Pr. PE48 Lost motion compensation function selection]. Set the servo parameter per encoder unit. This function is enabled in the position mode and positioning mode.

[Pr. PE53_Maximum torque limit 1 (TLMX1)]

The torque or thrust generated by the servo motor can be limited. When [Pr. PC78.1 Maximum torque limit 1 selection] is set to "0" (the maximum torque limit 1 is disabled) The torque limit function using this servo parameter or [Max torque (Obj. 6072h)] is disabled. The setting value of this servo parameter does not match the setting value of [Max torque (Obj. 6072h)]. [Max torque (Obj. 6072h)] returns the maximum torque of the servo motor. When [Pr. PC78.1] is set to "1" (the maximum torque limit 1 is enabled) The torque limit function using this servo parameter or [Max torque (Obj. 6072h)] is enabled. Set this servo parameter in relation to the rated torque or continuous thrust (= 100.0 %). If this servo parameter is set to "0.0", the servo motor does not generate torque or thrust. This servo parameter corresponds to [Max torque (Obj. 6072h)]. When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [pulse], [kpulse] 0 to 65535 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0.0 [%] 0.0 to 1000.0 A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.6 Extension setting 2 servo parameters group ([Pr. PE_ _ ]) 81

82

1.7 Extension setting 3 servo parameters group ([Pr. PF_ _ ])

[Pr. PF02_Function selection F-2 (*FOP2)]

[Pr. PF02.4_Memory writing frequency warning enable/disable selection]

Enable or disable [AL. 1F8.1 Memory writing frequency warning]. [AL. 1F8.1] indicates that the memory writing frequency has exceeded the guaranteed number of times. If the servo amplifier continues to be used while the alarm is disabled with this servo parameter, the memory may be corrupted and restoration of the data, such as servo parameters, may fail. 0: Enabled 1: Disabled

[Pr. PF02.5_Memory free space warning enable/disable selection]

Select whether to enable or disable [AL. 1F8.2 Memory free space warning]. [AL. 1F8.2] indicates that the memory free space is running low. If the servo amplifier continues to be used while the alarm is disabled with this servo parameter, [AL. 119.7 Memory free space 4-1] may occur and data restoration may fail. 0: Enabled 1: Disabled

[Pr. PF06_Function selection F-5 (*FOP5)]

[Pr. PF06.0_Electronic dynamic brake selection]

Enable or disable the electronic dynamic brake. 2: Disabled 3: Enabled only for specific servo motors Refer to the following table for the specific servo motors.

[Pr. PF12_Electronic dynamic brake operating time (DBT)]

Set an operating time for the electronic dynamic brake.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000013h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 3h Refer to the text A4

Series Servo motor HG-KNS HG-KNS13/HG-KNS23/HG-KNS43

HG-SNS HG-SNS52

Initial value Setting range Ver. 2000 [ms] 0 to 10000 A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.7 Extension setting 3 servo parameters group ([Pr. PF_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PF21_Drive recorder switching time setting (DRT)]

Set the drive recorder switching time. When communication is shut off during the use of a graph function, the function will be switched to the drive recorder function after the time set in this servo parameter has passed. When any value of "1" to "32767" is set, the drive recorder function will be switched after the time set in this servo parameter has passed. When any value of "0" to "9" is set, the drive recorder function will be switched after 10 s. When "-1" is set, the drive recorder function is disabled.

[Pr. PF23_Vibration tough drive - Oscillation detection level (OSCL1)]

Set the oscillation detection level for readjusting the machine resonance suppression filter while the vibration tough drive is enabled. When the oscillation level is higher than the setting value of this servo parameter, reset [Pr. PB13 Machine resonance suppression filter 1] or [Pr. PB15 Machine resonance suppression filter 2]. When "0" is set, the oscillation detection level is 20 %.

[Pr. PF24_Function selection F-9 (*FOP9)]

[Pr. PF24.0_Oscillation detection alarm selection]

Select the alarm output at oscillation detection. Select whether to generate an alarm or a warning when an oscillation continues at a level set in [Pr. PF23 Vibration tough drive - Oscillation detection level]. This function is enabled regardless of the setting of [Pr. PA20.1 Vibration tough drive selection]. 0: Alarm ([AL. 054 Oscillation detection]) 1: Warning ([AL. 0F3.1 Oscillation detection warning]) 2: Oscillation detection function disabled (oscillation detection not processed)

[Pr. PF25_Instantaneous power failure tough drive detection time (CVAT)]

Set the time until the occurrence of [AL. 010.1 Voltage drop in the control circuit power]. When the instantaneous power failure time exceeds 200 ms, and the instantaneous power failure voltage is less than 70 % of the rated input voltage, the power may be turned off normally even if a value larger than 200 ms is set in this servo parameter. This function is disabled when [Pr. PA20.2 Instantaneous power failure tough drive selection] is set to "0" (disabled).

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [s] -1 to 32767 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 20 [%] 0 to 100 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 200 [ms] 30 to 2000 A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.7 Extension setting 3 servo parameters group ([Pr. PF_ _ ]) 83

84

[Pr. PF29_Function selection F-10 (*FOP10)]

[Pr. PF29.1_State selection with forced stop in progress]

Select the PDS state transition for when the forced stop is in progress. Select whether to enable/disable use of the Quick stop function when the servo amplifier detects a forced stop signal off during operation of the servo motor. 0: Operation enabled 1: Quick stop active

[Pr. PF31_Machine diagnosis function - Friction estimate area judgment speed at low speed (FRIC)]

Set the servo motor speed to divide the friction estimation area between low-speed and high-speed in the friction estimation process of machine diagnosis. When the maximum operation speed is under the rated speed, it is recommended to set half the value of the maximum operation speed. When "0" is set, the judgment speed is half of the rated speed. The setting value will be clamped at the maximum speed. When changing the speed to the permissible speed, set the speed in [Pr. PA28.4 Speed range limit selection]. By setting [Pr. PF34.6 Friction estimate area judgment speed setting] to "1" (automatic setting), this servo parameter value will be automatically calculated from the operation pattern during servo motor driving and overwrite the value.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text B2

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [r/min], [mm/s] 0 to 65535 A4

0 r/min

Maximum speed in operation

Setting value of [Pr. PF31]

Operation pattern

Servo motor speed

Forward direction

Reverse direction

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.7 Extension setting 3 servo parameters group ([Pr. PF_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PF32_Oscillation detection alarm time (*VIBT)]

Set the time from when oscillation is detected until the occurrence of an alarm or warning. When "0" is set, the time until the occurrence of the alarm or warning is 5000 ms. When an oscillation detection alarm or warning is generated during normal operation, set a value larger than "10" (1000 ms).

[Pr. PF34_Machine diagnosis function selection (*MFP)]

[Pr. PF34.6_Friction estimate area judgment speed setting]

Select the setting method of "Machine diagnosis function - Friction estimate area judgment speed at low speed". 0: Manual setting 1: Automatic setting When "1" (automatic setting) is set, [Pr. PF31 Machine diagnosis function - Friction estimate area judgment speed at low speed] will be calculated according to the servo motor operation pattern. After the calculation, [Pr. PF31] is rewritten to the calculation result, and the servo parameter will change to "0" (manual setting). When "1" (automatic setting) is set, friction estimation stops.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 50 [100 ms] 0 to 50 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.7 Extension setting 3 servo parameters group ([Pr. PF_ _ ]) 85

86

[Pr. PF80_Drive recorder - Operation condition selection (DRMC)]

[Pr. PF80.0_Drive recorder - Operation mode selection]

0: Automatic setting mode 1: Manual setting mode When "0" (automatic setting mode) is set, the setting values of [Pr. PF81 Drive recorder - Sampling operation selection] to [Pr. PF94 Drive recorder - Digital channel setting 4] are disabled. The drive recorder will be activated automatically at the same time as an alarm occurs. When obtaining desired analog data from the drive recorder, set this servo parameter to "1" (manual setting mode) to set the trigger conditions and sampling cycle, and then start sampling with [Pr. PF81.0 Drive recorder - Sampling start selection]. To disable the drive recorder, set [Pr. PF21 Drive recorder switching time setting] to "-1" (drive recorder function disabled).

[Pr. PF80.2-3_Drive recorder - Sampling cycle selection]

Set the sampling cycle of the drive recorder. When [Pr. PF80.0] is set to "0" (automatic setting mode), the setting value of this servo parameter is disabled.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00h Refer to the text A4

Setting value 8 kHz class 00 Automatic (250 s)

05 250 s

06 500 s

07 1 ms

08 2 ms

09 4 ms

0A 8 ms

0B 16 ms

0C 32 ms

0D 64 ms

0E 128 ms

0F 256 ms

10 512 ms

11 1.024 s

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.7 Extension setting 3 servo parameters group ([Pr. PF_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PF81_Drive recorder - Sampling operation selection (DRMS)]

[Pr. PF81.0_Drive recorder - Sampling start selection]

Set this servo parameter to start drive recorder sampling. When [Pr. PF80.0 Drive recorder - Operation mode selection] is set to "0" (automatic setting mode), the setting value of the servo parameter is disabled. When this servo parameter is set to "1" or "2", if the settings of [Pr. PF80.2-3 Drive recorder - Sampling cycle selection] and [Pr. PF82 Drive recorder - Trigger operation selection] to [Pr. PF94 Drive recorder - Digital channel setting 4] are changed, the changed settings are not applied to the drive recorder. To apply the settings, cycle the power, reset the software, or set this servo parameter to "0" (stop sampling), then set "1" or "2" again. The storage area of the servo amplifier has a limit for the number of writings. If the trigger conditions that have been set in [Pr. PF82] are frequently met, do not continue using this servo parameter when it is set to "2" (continuous sampling). 0: Stop sampling 1: Start a single sampling 2: Start a consecutive sampling When "1" (start a single sampling) is set, if the trigger conditions are fulfilled after sampling starts, the drive recorder will operate to save data once. After the data has been saved, this servo parameter will be "0" automatically. When "2" (start a consecutive sampling) is set, if the trigger conditions are fulfilled after sampling starts, the drive recorder will operate to save data. After that, sampling will start again.

[Pr. PF82_Drive recorder - Trigger operation selection (DRTM)]

[Pr. PF82.0_Drive recorder - Trigger mode selection]

Select the trigger mode for the drive recorder. When [Pr. PF80.0 Drive recorder - Operation mode selection] is set to "0" (automatic setting mode), the setting value of the servo parameter is disabled. 0: Alarm trigger 1: Analog trigger/digital trigger When "0" (alarm trigger) is set, trigger settings other than [Pr. PA23 Drive recorder desired alarm trigger setting] and [Pr. PF84.4-5 Drive recorder - Trigger position setting] are disabled. Refer to the following table for the unavailable servo parameters.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Servo parameter Name PF82.1 Drive recorder - Trigger binding mode selection

PF82.2 Drive recorder - Trigger operation selection 1

PF82.3 Drive recorder - Trigger operation selection 2

PF84.0-1 Drive recorder - Trigger channel selection 1

PF84.2-3 Drive recorder - Trigger channel selection 2

PF85 Drive recorder - Trigger level setting 1

PF86 Drive recorder - Trigger level setting 2

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.7 Extension setting 3 servo parameters group ([Pr. PF_ _ ]) 87

88

[Pr. PF82.1_Drive recorder - Trigger binding condition selection]

Select the trigger binding condition for the drive recorder. When this servo parameter is set to "0" (disabled), the settings of [PF84.2-3 Drive recorder - Trigger channel selection 2] and [PF86 Drive recorder - Trigger level setting 2] are disabled. When [Pr. PF80.0 Drive recorder - Operation mode selection] is set to "0" (automatic setting mode), or [Pr. PF80.0] is set to "1" and [Pr. PF82.0 Drive recorder - Trigger mode selection] is set to "0" (alarm trigger), the setting value of this servo parameter is disabled. 0: Disabled 1: Logical AND of trigger signals 2: Logical OR of trigger signals

[Pr. PF82.2_Drive recorder - Trigger operation selection 1]

Select whether sampling starts when the signal output for the drive recorder channel set in [Pr. PF84.0-1 Drive recorder - Trigger channel selection 1] exceeds or falls below the set trigger level. When [Pr. PF80.0 Drive recorder - Operation mode selection] is set to "0" (automatic setting mode), or [Pr. PF80.0] is set to "1" and [Pr. PF82.0] is set to "0", the setting value of this servo parameter is disabled. 0: Rising 1: Falling

[Pr. PF82.3_Drive recorder - Trigger operation selection 2]

Select whether sampling starts when the signal output for the drive recorder channel set in [Pr. PF84.2-3 Drive recorder - Trigger channel selection 2] exceeds or falls below the set trigger level. The servo parameter is disabled in the following conditions. [Pr. PF80.0 Drive recorder - Operation mode selection] is set to "0" (automatic setting mode) [Pr. PF82.0 Drive recorder - Trigger mode selection] is set to "0" (alarm trigger) [Pr. PF82.1 Drive recorder - Trigger binding condition selection] is set to "0" (disabled) 0: Rising 1: Falling

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.7 Extension setting 3 servo parameters group ([Pr. PF_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PF84_Drive recorder - Trigger channel selection (DRTC)]

[Pr. PF84.0-1_Drive recorder - Trigger channel selection 1]

Set the trigger channel No. 1 of the drive recorder. The servo parameter is disabled in the following conditions. [Pr. PF80.0 Drive recorder - Operation mode selection] is set to "0" (automatic setting mode) [Pr. PF82.0 Drive recorder - Trigger mode selection] is set to "0" (alarm trigger)

[Pr. PF84.2-3_Drive recorder - Trigger channel selection 2]

Set the trigger channel No. 2 of the drive recorder. The setting value is the same as that of [Pr. PF84.0-1]. The servo parameter is disabled in the following conditions. [Pr. PF80.0 Drive recorder - Operation mode selection] is set to "0" (automatic setting mode) [Pr. PF82.0 Drive recorder - Trigger mode selection] is set to "0" (alarm trigger) [Pr. PF82.1 Drive recorder - Trigger binding condition selection] is set to "0" (disabled)

[Pr. PF84.4-5_Drive recorder - Trigger position setting]

Convert trigger position 1 (0 % to 100 % of the total sampling time of the drive recorder) to a hexadecimal value, and set the value. When trigger position 1 exceeds 100 %, the value will be clamped to 100 %. For example, to set the trigger position to 30 %, set "1Eh" in this servo parameter.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00008101h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 01h Refer to the text A4

Setting value Meaning 01 Analog channel 1

02 Analog channel 2

03 Analog channel 3

04 Analog channel 4

05 Analog channel 5

06 Analog channel 6

07 Analog channel 7

81 Digital channel 1

82 Digital channel 2

83 Digital channel 3

84 Digital channel 4

85 Digital channel 5

86 Digital channel 6

87 Digital channel 7

88 Digital channel 8

Initial value Setting range Ver. 81h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 5Ah 00h to 6Fh A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.7 Extension setting 3 servo parameters group ([Pr. PF_ _ ]) 89

90

[Pr. PF85_Drive recorder - Trigger level setting 1 (DRTL1)]

Set the trigger level of trigger channel No. 1 of the drive recorder in decimal. Set the value considering the decimal point. For example, if setting a torque of 100.0 [%] for the trigger level, set this servo parameter to "1000" because the torque unit is [0.1 %]. The servo parameter is disabled in the following conditions. [Pr. PF80.0 Drive recorder - Operation mode selection] is set to "0" (automatic setting mode) [Pr. PF80.0] is set to "1" (manual setting mode) and [Pr. PF82.0 Drive recorder - Trigger mode selection] is set to "0" (alarm

trigger) [Pr. PF82.0 Drive recorder - Trigger mode selection] is set to "0" (alarm trigger) A digital channel is set in the first trigger of [Pr. PF84.0-1 Drive recorder - Trigger channel selection 1]

[Pr. PF86_Drive recorder - Trigger level setting 2 (DRTL2)]

Set the trigger level of trigger channel No. 2 of the drive recorder in decimal. Set the value considering the decimal point. For example, if setting a torque of 100.0 [%] for the trigger level, set this servo parameter to "1000" because the torque unit is [0.1 %]. The servo parameter is disabled in the following conditions. [Pr. PF80.0 Drive recorder - Operation mode selection] is set to "0" (automatic setting mode) [Pr. PF80.0] is set to "1" (manual setting mode) and [Pr. PF82.0 Drive recorder - Trigger mode selection] is set to "0" (alarm

trigger) [Pr. PF82.0 Drive recorder - Trigger mode selection] is set to "0" (alarm trigger) [Pr. PF82.1 Drive recorder - Trigger binding condition selection] is set to "0" (disabled) A digital channel is set in the second trigger of [Pr. PF84.2-3 Drive recorder - Trigger channel selection 2].

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 -2147483648 to 2147483647 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 -2147483648 to 2147483647 A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.7 Extension setting 3 servo parameters group ([Pr. PF_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PF87_Drive recorder - Analog channel setting 1 (DRAC1)]

[Pr. PF87.0-2_Drive recorder - Analog channel 1 selection]

Select the data to be assigned to analog channel 1 of the drive recorder. The servo parameter is disabled in the following conditions. [Pr. PF80.0 Drive recorder - Operation mode selection] = "0" (automatic setting mode) Refer to the following table for setting values. Values not listed below are undefined. Only set the values that are listed in the following table.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00020201h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 201h Refer to the text A4

Setting value Data type Unit *1 Category 000 No assigned function

001 Servo motor speed r/min 16-bit data

002 Torque/instantaneous torque 0.1 %

003 Current command 0.1 %

005 Command pulse frequency (speed unit) r/min

007 Droop pulses (1 pulse unit) pulse

008 Speed command r/min

009 Bus voltage V

00C Effective load ratio 0.1 %

00D Regenerative load ratio 0.1 %

00E Position within one-revolution 16 pulse

00F ABS counter rev

010 Load to motor inertia ratio 0.01 multiplier

011 Torque equivalent to disturbance 0.1 %

012 Overload alarm margin 0.1 %

014 Settling time ms

015 Overshoot amount pulse

021 Servo motor speed (unit of 0.1 r/min) 0.1 r/min

022 Command pulse frequency (speed unit of 0.1 r/min) 0.1 r/min

023 Speed command (unit of 0.1 r/min) 0.1 r/min

024 Torque command 0.1 %

025 Speed limit value r/min

026 Speed limit value (unit of 0.1 r/min) 0.1 r/min

035 Internal temperature of encoder C

03D *3 Command number LSB

049 Operation mode LSB

04C *2 U-phase current feedback (unit of the rated current) 0.1 %

04D *2 V-phase current feedback (unit of the rated current) 0.1 %

04E *2 W-phase current feedback (unit of the rated current) 0.1 %

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.7 Extension setting 3 servo parameters group ([Pr. PF_ _ ]) 91

92

*1 "mm/s" is used instead of "r/min" for linear servo motors. *2 Available on servo amplifiers with firmware version B0 or later. *3 Available on servo amplifiers with firmware version B8 or later.

[Pr. PF87.4-6_Drive recorder - Analog channel 2 selection]

Select the analog channel 2 of the drive recorder. The servo parameter is disabled in the following conditions. [Pr. PF80.0 Drive recorder - Operation mode selection] is set to "0" (automatic setting mode) Refer to the following for values that can be assigned. Page 91 [Pr. PF87.0-2_Drive recorder - Analog channel 1 selection]

[Pr. PF88_Drive recorder - Analog channel setting 2 (DRAC2)]

[Pr. PF88.0-2_Drive recorder - Analog channel 3 selection]

Select the analog channel 3 of the drive recorder. The servo parameter is disabled in the following conditions. [Pr. PF80.0 Drive recorder - Operation mode selection] is set to "0" (automatic setting mode) Refer to the following for values that can be assigned. Page 91 [Pr. PF87.0-2_Drive recorder - Analog channel 1 selection]

[Pr. PF88.4-6_Drive recorder - Analog channel 4 selection]

Select the analog channel 4 of the drive recorder. The servo parameter is disabled in the following conditions. [Pr. PF80.0 Drive recorder - Operation mode selection] is set to "0" (automatic setting mode) Refer to the following for values that can be assigned. Page 91 [Pr. PF87.0-2_Drive recorder - Analog channel 1 selection]

201 Servo motor speed + 0.1 r/min 32-bit data

202 Command pulse frequency + kpulse/s

203 Command pulse frequency (speed unit) + 0.1 r/min

204 Droop pulses (1 pulse unit) + pulse

205 Speed command + 0.1 r/min

206 Position within one-revolution + pulse

20B Feedback position + pulse

20C Excessive error alarm margin + pulse

20D *3 Current position (positioning unit) + pos units

20E *3 Command position (positioning unit) + pos units

20F *3 Command remaining distance (positioning unit) + pos units

218 Droop pulses (100 pulse unit) + 100 pulse

21A Excessive error alarm margin (100 pulses unit) + 100 pulse

21B Droop pulses (model position deviation) + pulse

220 Speed command 2+ 0.1 r/min

23C Droop pulses (command unit) + pulse

Initial value Setting range Ver. 002h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 02040003h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 003h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 204h Refer to the text A4

Setting value Data type Unit *1 Category

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.7 Extension setting 3 servo parameters group ([Pr. PF_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PF89_Drive recorder - Analog channel setting 3 (DRAC3)]

[Pr. PF89.0-2_Drive recorder - Analog channel 5 selection]

Select the analog channel 5 of the drive recorder. The servo parameter is disabled in the following conditions. [Pr. PF80.0 Drive recorder - Operation mode selection] is set to "0" (automatic setting mode) Refer to the following for values that can be assigned. Page 91 [Pr. PF87.0-2_Drive recorder - Analog channel 1 selection]

[Pr. PF89.4-6_Drive recorder - Analog channel 6 selection]

Select the analog channel 6 of the drive recorder. The servo parameter is disabled in the following conditions. [Pr. PF80.0 Drive recorder - Operation mode selection] is set to "0" (automatic setting mode) Refer to the following for values that can be assigned. Page 91 [Pr. PF87.0-2_Drive recorder - Analog channel 1 selection]

[Pr. PF90_Drive recorder - Analog channel setting 4 (DRAC4)]

[Pr. PF90.0-2_Drive recorder - Analog channel 7 selection]

Select the analog channel 7 of the drive recorder. The servo parameter is disabled in the following conditions. [Pr. PF80.0 Drive recorder - Operation mode selection] is set to "0" (automatic setting mode) Refer to the following for values that can be assigned. Page 91 [Pr. PF87.0-2_Drive recorder - Analog channel 1 selection]

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00090205h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 205h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 009h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0000000Ch Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00Ch Refer to the text A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.7 Extension setting 3 servo parameters group ([Pr. PF_ _ ]) 93

94

[Pr. PF91_Drive recorder - Digital channel setting 1 (DRDC1)]

[Pr. PF91.0-3_Drive recorder - Digital channel 1 selection]

Refer to the following table for setting values. Values not listed below are undefined. Only set the values that are listed in the following table.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00120000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0000h Refer to the text A4

Setting value Symbol Name Classification 0000 CSON Servo-on command DI

0001 LSP Forward rotation stroke end

0002 LSN Reverse rotation stroke end

0005 PC Proportional control

0006 RES Reset

0012 EM2/1 Forced stop

0013 CRDY Ready-on command

0016 *1 STO1 STO1

0017 *1 STO2 STO2

001A CDP2 Gain switching selection 2

001B CDP Gain switching selection

0049 CFLS Controller upper stroke limit signal being input

004A CRLS Controller lower stroke limit signal being input

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.7 Extension setting 3 servo parameters group ([Pr. PF_ _ ])

1

*1 This signal cannot be used. *2 Available on servo amplifiers with firmware version B2 or later. *3 Available on servo amplifiers with firmware version B6 or later. *4 Available on servo amplifiers with firmware version B8 or later.

[Pr. PF91.4-7_Drive recorder - Digital channel 2 selection]

Refer to the following for values that can be assigned. Page 94 [Pr. PF91.0-3_Drive recorder - Digital channel 1 selection]

8000 RD Ready DO

8001 SA Speed reached

8002 ZSP Zero speed detection

8003 TLC Limiting torque

8004 VLC Limiting speed

8005 INP In-position completion

8007 WNG Warning

8008 ALM Malfunction

8009 OP Z-phase output

800A MBR Electromagnetic brake interlock

800B DB External dynamic brake

800F BWNG Battery warning

8010 ALM2 Malfunction 2

8013 RDY In ready-on state

8015 *1 STO In STO state

8016 SMPD Magnetic pole detection completion

8017 ZPASS Z-phase already passed

8018 CDPS2 Variable gain enabled 2

8019 CDPS Variable gain enabled

801B ABSV Absolute position erased

801D IPF Instantaneous power failure

801E SPC Proportional control in progress

801F MTTR Tough drive in progress

8032 DOG DOG signal input in progress

803C *3 DOA General-purpose output A

803D *3 DOB General-purpose output B

803E *3 DOC General-purpose output C

8043 *2 CPO Rough match

8045 *2 POT Position range

8047 *4 MEND Traveling completion

8049 ZP2 Homing completion 2

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0012h Refer to the text A4

Setting value Symbol Name Classification

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.7 Extension setting 3 servo parameters group ([Pr. PF_ _ ]) 95

96

[Pr. PF92_Drive recorder - Digital channel setting 2 (DRDC2)]

[Pr. PF92.0-3_Drive recorder - Digital channel 3 selection]

Refer to the following for values that can be assigned. Page 94 [Pr. PF91.0-3_Drive recorder - Digital channel 1 selection]

[Pr. PF92.4-7_Drive recorder - Digital channel 4 selection]

Refer to the following for values that can be assigned. Page 94 [Pr. PF91.0-3_Drive recorder - Digital channel 1 selection]

[Pr. PF93_Drive recorder - Digital channel setting 3 (DRDC3)]

[Pr. PF93.0-3_Drive recorder - Digital channel 5 selection]

Refer to the following for values that can be assigned. Page 94 [Pr. PF91.0-3_Drive recorder - Digital channel 1 selection]

[Pr. PF93.4-7_Drive recorder - Digital channel 6 selection]

Refer to the following for values that can be assigned. Page 94 [Pr. PF91.0-3_Drive recorder - Digital channel 1 selection]

Initial value Setting range Ver. 80058010h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 8010h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 8005h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 8000800Ah Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 800Ah Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 8000h Refer to the text A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.7 Extension setting 3 servo parameters group ([Pr. PF_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PF94_Drive recorder - Digital channel setting 4 (DRDC4)]

[Pr. PF94.0-3_Drive recorder - Digital channel 7 selection]

Refer to the following for values that can be assigned. Page 94 [Pr. PF91.0-3_Drive recorder - Digital channel 1 selection]

[Pr. PF94.4-7_Drive recorder - Digital channel 8 selection]

Refer to the following for values that can be assigned. Page 94 [Pr. PF91.0-3_Drive recorder - Digital channel 1 selection]

[Pr. PF95_Drive recorder - Clear history (*DRCLR)]

[Pr. PF95.0_Drive recorder - Clear history selection]

0: Disabled 1: Enabled When "0" (enabled) is set, the drive recorder history will be cleared at the next power-on or software reset. After the drive recorder history is cleared, "0" (disabled) will be set to this servo parameter automatically.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 801D8015h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 8015h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 801Dh Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.7 Extension setting 3 servo parameters group ([Pr. PF_ _ ]) 97

98

1.8 Motor extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PL_ _ ])

[Pr. PL01_Function selection L-1 (**LIT1)]

Select a function of the linear servo motor.

[Pr. PL01.0_Servo motor magnetic pole detection selection]

Select the magnetic pole detection method for the linear servo motor. 0: Magnetic pole detection disabled 1: Magnetic pole detection at initial servo-on after cycling the power or after resetting the communication 5: Magnetic pole detection at every servo-on The setting value "0" is enabled only with absolute position linear encoders. Do not set any value other than "0", "1", and "5".

[Pr. PL01.2_Homing stop interval setting]

Select the stop interval at dog type homing. This servo parameter is enabled only for linear servo motors. 0: 213 (= 8192) pulses 1: 217 (= 131072) pulses 2: 218 (= 262144) pulses 3: 220 (= 1048576) pulses 4: 222 (= 4194304) pulses 5: 224 (= 16777216) pulses 6: 226 (= 67108864) pulses

[Pr. PL02_Linear encoder resolution setting - Numerator (**LIM)]

Set the linear encoder resolution with [Pr. PL02] and [Pr. PL03]. Set a numerator in [Pr. PL02]. This servo parameter is enabled for linear servo motors.

[Pr. PL03_Linear encoder resolution setting - Denominator (**LID)]

Set the linear encoder resolution with [Pr. PL02] and [Pr. PL03]. Set a denominator in [Pr. PL03]. This servo parameter is enabled for linear servo motors.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000301h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 1h Refer to the text B2

Initial value Setting range Ver. 3h Refer to the text B2

Initial value Setting range Ver. 1000 [m] 1 to 65535 B2

Initial value Setting range Ver. 1000 [m] 1 to 65535 B2

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.8 Motor extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PL_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PL04_Function selection L-2 (*LIT2)]

Select a function of the linear servo motor.

[Pr. PL04.0_[AL. 042 Servo control error] detection function selection]

Refer to the following table for setting values.

[Pr. PL04.3_[AL. 042 Servo control error] detection controller reset condition selection]

0: Reset disabled (reset by powering off/on or software reset enabled) 1: Reset enabled

[Pr. PL05_Position deviation error detection level (LB1)]

Set a position deviation error detection level of the servo control error detection. When the difference between a model feedback position and actual feedback position is larger than the setting value, [AL. 042.1 Servo control error based on position deviation] will occur. Note that when "0" is set, the level varies depending on the setting value in [Pr. PA01.0 Operation mode selection]. When a linear servo motor is used: 50 mm

[Pr. PL06_Speed deviation error detection level (LB2)]

Set the speed deviation error detection level of the servo control error detection. When the difference between a model feedback speed and actual feedback speed is larger than the setting value, [AL. 042.2 Servo control error based on speed deviation] will occur. Note that when "0" is set, the level varies depending on the setting value in [Pr. PA01.0 Operation mode selection]. When a linear servo motor is used: 1000 mm/s

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000003h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 3h Refer to the text B2

Setting value Thrust/torque deviation error Speed deviation error Position deviation error 0 Disabled Disabled Disabled

1 Enabled

2 Enabled Disabled

3 Enabled

4 Enabled Disabled Disabled

5 Enabled

6 Enabled Disabled

7 Enabled

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text B2

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [mm], [0.01 rev] 0 to 1000 B2

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [mm/s], [r/min] 0 to 20000 B2

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.8 Motor extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PL_ _ ]) 99

10

[Pr. PL07_Torque deviation error detection level (LB3)]

Set the torque/thrust deviation error detection level of the servo control error detection. When the difference between a current command and current feedback is larger than the setting value, [AL. 042.3 Servo control error based on torque/thrust deviation] occurs.

[Pr. PL08_Function selection L-3 (*LIT3)]

Select a function of the linear servo motor.

[Pr. PL08.0_Magnetic pole detection method selection]

0: Position detection method 4: Minute position detection method If detecting magnetic poles in a vertical axis, configure a system with equipment such as a counterweight to prevent the linear servo motor from moving with the force of gravity.

[Pr. PL08.2_Magnetic pole detection - Stroke limit enabled/disabled selection]

0: Enabled 1: Disabled

[Pr. PL09_Magnetic pole detection voltage level (LPWM)]

Set a direct current exciting voltage level in the magnetic pole detection. If [AL. 032 Overcurrent], [AL. 050 Overload 1], or [AL. 051 Overload 2] occurs during the magnetic pole detection, set a smaller value. If [AL. 027 Initial magnetic pole detection error] occurs during the magnetic pole detection, set a larger value.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 100 [%] 0 to 1000 B2

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00001010h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text B2

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text B2

Initial value Setting range Ver. 30 [%] 0 to 100 B2

0 1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.8 Motor extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PL_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PL17_Magnetic pole detection - Minute position detection method - Function selection (LTSTS)]

This servo parameter is enabled when [Pr. PL08.0 Magnetic pole detection method selection] is set to "4" (minute position detection method).

[Pr. PL17.0_Response selection]

Select the responsiveness of the minute position detection method. To make the travel distance at the magnetic pole detection smaller, set a larger value. Refer to the following table for setting values.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text B2

Setting value of [Pr. PL17.0] Responsiveness 0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

A

B

C

D

E

F

Low response

Middle response

High response

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.8 Motor extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PL_ _ ]) 101

10

[Pr. PL17.1_Load to motor mass ratio/load to motor inertia ratio selection]

Select the load to mass of the linear servo motor primary-side ratio used for the minute position detection method. Select a value closest to the actual load. Refer to the following table for setting values.

[Pr. PL18_Magnetic pole detection - Minute position detection method - Identification signal amplitude (IDLV)]

Set an identification signal amplitude to be used in the minute position detection method. This servo parameter is enabled when [Pr. PL08.0 Magnetic pole detection method selection] is set to "4". When "0" is set, the amplitude will be 100 [%].

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text B2

Setting value of [Pr. PL17.1] Load to motor mass ratio 0 10 times or less

1 10 multiplier

2 20 multiplier

3 30 multiplier

4 40 multiplier

5 50 multiplier

6 60 multiplier

7 70 multiplier

8 80 multiplier

9 90 multiplier

A 100 multiplier

B 110 multiplier

C 120 multiplier

D 130 multiplier

E 140 multiplier

F 150 times or more

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [%] 0 to 200 B2

2 1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.8 Motor extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PL_ _ ])

1

1.9 Positioning control setting servo parameters

group ([Pr. PT_ _ ]) [Pr. PT01_Command mode selection (**CTY)]

[Pr. PT01.1_Speed/acceleration/deceleration unit selection]

Select the unit of speed and the unit of acceleration/deceleration. This function is enabled in the cyclic synchronous mode, profile mode, and positioning mode (point table method).

*1 In the linear servo motor control mode, the unit is mm/s. *2 The command unit can be changed to 0.001 mm, 0.0001 inch, 0.001 degree or pulses with [Pr. PT01.2 Unit for position data]. The actual

servo motor speed (encoder pulse unit) is calculated by multiplying the set speed data by the electronic gear ratio. The speed of point table and the unit of acceleration/deceleration are changed depending on the setting value of this servo parameter. When the unit is changed, review and reset the point table setting value. Enabled servo parameters vary depending on whether the setting value of this servo parameter is "0" or "1". Refer to the following table.

*1 Available on servo amplifiers with firmware version B2 or later.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000300h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Setting value Speed Acceleration/deceleration 0 r/min, mm/s *1 ms

1 Command unit/s *2 Command unit/s2 *2

Setting value Object interlocked with servo parameter

0 1 [Pr. PT65 Profile speed command] *1 [Pr. PV01 Profile speed command extension

setting] *1 [Profile velocity (Obj. 6081h)]

[Pr. PT66 Maximum profile speed] *1 [Pr. PV03 Maximum profile speed extension setting] *1

[Max profile velocity (Obj. 607Fh)]

[Pr. PT49 Speed acceleration time constant] *1 [Pr. PV05 Profile acceleration] *1 [Profile acceleration (Obj. 6083h)]

[Pr. PT50 Speed deceleration time constant] *1 [Pr. PV07 Profile deceleration] *1 [Profile deceleration (Obj. 6084h)]

[Pr. PC24 Deceleration time constant at forced stop]

[Pr. PV09 Deceleration at forced stop] [Quick stop deceleration (Obj. 6085h)]

[Pr. PT05 Homing speed] [Pr. PV11 Homing speed extension setting] [Speed during search for switch (Obj. 6099h: 01h)]

[Pr. PT06 Creep speed] [Pr. PV13 Creep speed extension setting] [Speed during search for zero (Obj. 6099h: 02h)]

[Pr. PT56 Homing acceleration time constant] [Pr. PV15 Homing acceleration] [Homing acceleration (Obj. 609Ah)]

[Pr. PT57 Homing deceleration time constant] [Pr. PV17 Homing deceleration]

[Pr. PC72 Speed reached 2 - Output range] *1 [Pr. PV19 Speed reached 2 - Output range - Extension setting] *1

[Velocity window (Obj. 606Dh)]

[Pr. PC65 Zero speed 2 level] *1 [Pr. PV20 Zero speed 2 level extension setting] *1

[Velocity threshold (Obj. 606Fh)]

[Pr. PT67 Speed limit] [Pr. PV21 Speed limit extension setting] [Velocity limit value (Obj. 2D20h)]

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.9 Positioning control setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PT_ _ ]) 103

10

[Pr. PT01.2_Unit for position data]

0: mm 1: inch 2: degree 3: pulse If this servo parameter is changed, perform homing. Refer to the following for the supported control mode and firmware version.

*1 If [Pr. PA01.1 Operation mode selection] is set to "4" (linear servo motor control mode), [AL. 037 Parameter error] will occur. *2 When this servo parameter is set to "2", the control mode cannot be switched to the cyclic synchronous mode. *3 When this value is set in a mode other than the positioning mode (point table method), [AL. 037] occurs.

[Pr. PT02_Function selection T-1 (*TOP1)]

[Pr. PT02.7_Internal position command - Process speed selection]

Select the process speed of the position commands generated in the servo amplifier. 0: Standard 1: High speed

[Pr. PT03_Feed function selection (*FTY)]

[Pr. PT03.2_Degree unit rotation direction selection]

Select the rotation direction for when [Pr. PT01.2 Unit for position data] is set to "2" (degree). 0: Specified rotation direction 1: Rotation in the direction with the shortest distance 2: Rotation in the address decreasing direction 3: Rotation in the address increasing direction This function is enabled in the profile position mode and positioning mode (point table method). When [Pr. PT01.2] is set to a value other than "2", this parameter is disabled. This servo parameter corresponds to [Positioning option code (Obj. 60F2h)]. Once this servo parameter is changed, the setting will be enabled immediately When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools. When the relative position command is set for the auxiliary function of the point table in the positioning mode (point table method), this servo parameter is disabled.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 3h Refer to the text B6

Control mode Setting value

0 (mm) *3 1 (inch) *3 2 (degree) *1 3 (pulse) Cyclic synchronous mode *2 A4

Profile mode B6 B2

Positioning mode (point table method) B8 B8 B8 B8

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000001h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text B2

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text B6

4 1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.9 Positioning control setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PT_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PT05_Homing speed (ZRF)]

Set the servo motor speed for homing. The servo motor speed is clamped at the maximum speed. When changing the speed to the permissible speed, set the speed in [Pr. PA28.4 Speed range limit selection]. If the set speed exceeds 8000 r/min (mm/s), the speed is clamped at 8000 r/min (mm/s). However, the set speed is clamped when [Pr. PT02.7 Internal position command - Process speed selection] is set to "0". This function corresponds to [Speed during search for switch (Obj. 6099h: 01h)]. When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools. This function is enabled when [Pr. PT01.1 Speed/acceleration/deceleration unit selection] is set to "0". This function and [Pr. PV11 Homing speed extension setting] are mutually exclusive.

[Pr. PT06_Creep speed (CRF)]

When performing a homing, set the servo motor speed after proximity dog. The servo motor speed is clamped at the maximum speed. When changing the speed to the permissible speed, set the speed in [Pr. PA28.4 Speed range limit selection]. If the set speed exceeds 8000 r/min (mm/s), the speed is clamped at 8000 r/min (mm/s). However, the set speed is clamped when [Pr. PT02.7 Internal position command - Process speed selection] is set to "0". This function corresponds to [Speed during search for zero (Obj. 6099h: 02h)]. When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools. This function is enabled when [Pr. PT01.1] is set to "0". This function and [Pr. PV13 Creep speed extension setting] are mutually exclusive.

[Pr. PT07_Home position shift distance (ZST)]

Set the home position shift travel distance at homing. The unit can be changed to 0.001 mm, 0.0001 inch, 0.001 degree or pulses with [Pr. PT01.2 Unit for position data]. The setting range is 0 to 359.999 degrees for the degree unit. If a value exceeding 360.000 degrees is set, the value will be converted into the remainder obtained by dividing the setting value by 360.000.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 100.00 [r/min], [mm/s] 0.00 to 167772.15 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 10.00 [r/min], [mm/s] 0.00 to 167772.15 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [Refer to the text below for the unit.] 0 to 2147483647 A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.9 Positioning control setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PT_ _ ]) 105

10

[Pr. PT08_Homing position data (ZPS)]

Set the address that is to be the reference point of the machine coordinate system. Subtracting the setting value of this servo parameter from the machine home position gives the coordinate of the home position. The value in [Position actual value (Obj. 6064h)] changes at the same time as the homing completion. The setting value of this servo parameter is reflected at completion of homing or when the servo amplifier is connected to a network. This function is enabled in the cyclic synchronous position mode, profile position mode, and positioning mode (point table method). The unit is the command unit. The unit can be changed to 0.001 mm, 0.0001 inch, 0.001 degree or pulses with [Pr. PT01.2 Unit for position data]. If [Pr. PT01.2] is changed, the homing position data will also be changed. Execute homing again. This function corresponds to [Home offset (Obj. 607Ch)]. The relation between [Home offset] and this servo parameter is as follows. [Home offset] = - [Pr. PT08] The value that is set in this servo parameter is not reflected when the homing is incomplete. Setting this servo parameter will compensate the software position limit. After compensation, [Max position range limit (607Dh: 02h)] = [Max position range limit] - [Home offset] After compensation, [Min position range limit (607Dh: 01h)] = [Min position range limit] - [Home offset]

For Home offset < 0

For Home offset > 0

The setting range is 0 to 359.999 degrees for the degree unit. If a value out of the setting range is set, the value will be converted as shown in the table below.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [Refer to the text below for the unit.] -2147483648 to 2147483647 A4

Setting value After conversion 360.000 to 2147483.647 degrees The remainder obtained by dividing the setting value by 360.000

-0.001 to -359.999 degrees The value obtained by adding 360.000 to the setting value

-360.000 to -2147483.648 degrees The value obtained by adding 360.000 to the remainder after dividing the setting value by 360.000

Min position range limit (Obj. 607Dh: 01h)

Max position range limit (Obj. 607Dh: 02h)

Home position (= Zero position)

0 (Home offset = 0)

-1000 2000

Zero position

Home position

Home offset (= -500)

-500 25000

Max position range limit after compensation

Min position range limit after compensation

Zero position

Home position

Home offset (= 500)

-1500 15000

Max position range limit after compensation

Min position range limit after compensation

6 1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.9 Positioning control setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PT_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PT09_Travel distance after proximity dog (DCT)]

Set a travel distance after proximity dog at homing for the count type (Front end detection Z-phase reference) (Homing method -2, -34) and dog reference. The following shows the homing of the dog reference. Dog type rear end reference homing (Homing method -6, -38) Count type homing (Front end reference) (Homing method -7, -39) Dog type front end reference homing (Homing method -10, -42) Homing without index pulse (Homing method 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 27, 28) This function is enabled in the cyclic synchronous position mode, profile mode, and positioning mode (point table method). The unit can be changed to 0.001 mm, 0.0001 inch, 0.001 degree or pulses with [Pr. PT01.2 Unit for position data]. The setting range is 0 to 359.999 degrees for the degree unit. If a value exceeding 360.000 degrees is set, the value will be converted into the remainder obtained by dividing the setting value by 360.000.

[Pr. PT10_Stopper type homing - Stopping time (ZTM)]

Set a time from a moving part touches the stopper and torques reach to the torque limit of [Pr. PT11 Stopper type homing - Torque limit value] to a home position is set for the stopper type homing. This function is enabled in the cyclic synchronous position mode, profile mode, and positioning mode (point table method).

[Pr. PT11_Stopper type homing - Torque limit value (ZTT)]

Set a torque limit value with [%] unit to the maximum torque at stopper type homing. This function is enabled in the cyclic synchronous position mode, profile mode, and positioning mode (point table method).

[Pr. PT12_Rough match output range (CRP)]

Set the range of the command remaining distance to output the rough match. This function is enabled in the profile position mode and positioning mode (point table method). The unit can be changed to 0.001 mm, 0.0001 inch, 0.001 degree or pulses with [Pr. PT01.2 Unit for position data].

Initial value Setting range Ver. 1000 [Refer to the text below for the unit.] 0 to 2147483647 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 100 [ms] 5 to 1000 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 15.0 [%] 0.1 to 100.0 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [Refer to the text below for the unit.] 0 to 2147483647 B2

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.9 Positioning control setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PT_ _ ]) 107

10

[Pr. PT15_Software position limit + (LMP)]

Set the address increasing side of the software position limit. Set the stop method in [Pr. PD12.2 Stop process selection at software position limit detection]. This function is enabled in the cyclic synchronous position mode, profile position mode, and positioning mode (point table method). The setting is disabled during homing. The command unit can be changed to 0.001 mm, 0.0001 inch, 0.001 degree or pulses with [Pr. PT01.2 Unit for position data]. Change this function during servo-off, in the homing mode, velocity mode, or torque mode. When the setting is changed during servo-on in the position mode and positioning mode, [AL. 035 Command frequency error], [AL. 069 Command error], and [AL. 098 Software position limit warning] may occur, depending on the setting order of [Pr. PT15] and [Pr. PT17 Software position limit -]. This function corresponds to [Max position limit (Obj. 607Dh: 02h)]. When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools. The enabling/disabling conditions of the software position limit are shown in the table below.

[Pr. PT17_Software position limit - (LMN)]

Set the address decreasing side of the software position limit. The other specifications are the same as [Pr. PT15].

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [Refer to the text below for the unit.] -2147483648 to 2147483647 A4

[Pr. PT01.2] Conditions

[Pr. PT15] > [Pr. PT17] [Pr. PT15] < [Pr. PT17] [Pr. PT15] = [Pr. PT17] 0 (mm) 1 (inch) 3 (pulse)

Enabled Disabled Disabled

2 (degree) Enabled Enabled Disabled

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [Refer to the text below for the unit.] -2147483648 to 2147483647 A4

8 1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.9 Positioning control setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PT_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PT19_Position range output 1 address + (*LPP1)]

Set the address increasing side of the position range output 1 address. Use this servo parameter and [Pr. PT21 Position range output 1 address -] to set the range where position range 1 (POT1) turns on. This function is enabled in the profile position mode and positioning mode (point table method). The unit can be changed to 0.001 mm, 0.0001 inch, 0.001 degree or pulses with [Pr. PT01.2 Unit for position data]. If [Pr. PT19] is set to a value less than [Pr. PT21] while [Pr. PT01.2] is set to "3" (pulse), [AL. 037 Parameter error] occurs. When [Pr. PT01.2] is set to "2" (degree), set [Pr. PT21] as the starting point and [Pr. PT19] as the ending point. An example setting of the degree unit is as follows. The output range is the section where the servo motor moves from "-" to "+" in the CCW direction.

Set the output range of moving range A as follows: [Pr. PT21] = 315.000 degrees [Pr. PT19] = 90.000 degrees Set the output range of moving range B as follows: [Pr. PT21] = 90.000 degrees [Pr. PT19] = 315.000 degrees The setting range is 0 to 359.999 degrees. If a value out of the setting range is set, the value will be converted as shown in the table below. The values of the output range shown above will be the values after conversion.

[Pr. PT21_Position range output 1 address - (*LNP1)]

Set the address decreasing side of the position range output 1 address. The other specifications are the same as [Pr. PT19 Position range output 1 address +].

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [Refer to the text below for the unit.] -2147483648 to 2147483647 B2

Setting value After conversion 360.000 to 2147483.647 degrees The remainder obtained by dividing the setting value by 360.000

-0.001 to -359.999 degrees The value obtained by adding 360.000 to the setting value

-360.000 to -2147483.648 degrees The value obtained by adding 360.000 to the remainder after dividing the setting value by 360.000

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [pulse] -2147483648 to 2147483647 B2

CCW 0 [degree]

90 [degree]

315 [degree]

Moving range A

Moving range B

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.9 Positioning control setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PT_ _ ]) 109

11

[Pr. PT29_Function selection T-3 (*TOP3)]

[Pr. PT29.0_Device input polarity 1]

Select the proximity dog input polarity. 0: Dog detection with off 1: Dog detection with on

[Pr. PT34_Positioning operation data default (**PDEF)]

[Pr. PT34.0_Point table default]

0: Disabled 1: Enabled When initializing the point table, set "1". After setting [Pr. PT34.0] = "1" and [Pr. PT34.3 Default availability] = "5" (permitted), cycle the power or reset the software to initialize the point table. After the initialization is completed, the setting value of [Pr. PT34] is automatically set to "00000000h".

[Pr. PT34.3_Default availability]

0: Prohibited 5: Permitted When initializing the point table, set "5". After the initialization is completed, the setting value of [Pr. PT34] is automatically set to "00000000h".

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text B8

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text B8

0 1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.9 Positioning control setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PT_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PT38_Function selection T-7 (**TOP7)]

[Pr. PD38.4_Limit switch release position assessment function selection]

Set the limit switch release position assessment function. This function is enabled in the cyclic synchronous position mode or the cyclic synchronous speed mode. Refer to the following table for the combinations available for the assessment function.

[Pr. PT41_Function selection T-8 (TOP8)]

[Pr. PT41.0_Homing prohibition selection]

0: Disabled 1: Enabled When "1" is set, the homing is not performed even if the start signal is turned on in the homing mode.

[Pr. PT45_Homing method (HMM)]

Set a homing method. Refer to the following table for details. An attempt to execute homing with an unsupported method triggers "Homing error". At this time, homing cannot be executed. This function corresponds to [Homing method (Obj. 6098h)]. When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text B2

Setting value Limit switch release position assessment function 0 Disabled

1 Enabled

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000010h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 37 Refer to the text A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.9 Positioning control setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PT_ _ ]) 111

11

Homing methods

*1 Available on servo amplifiers with firmware version B2 or later. *2 Available on servo amplifiers with firmware version C0 or later.

Setting Homing direction Homing methods -1 Forward rotation (CCW) or positive

direction Dog type (Rear end detection - Z-phase reference)

-2 Count type (Front end detection - Z-phase reference)

-3 Data set type

-4 Forward rotation (CCW) or positive direction

Stopper type (Stopper position reference)

-6 Dog type (Rear end detection - rear end reference)

-7 Count type (Front end detection - front end reference)

-8 Dog cradle type

-9 Dog type last Z-phase reference

-10 Dog type front end reference

-11 Dogless Z-phase reference

-33 Reverse rotation (CW) or negative direction

Dog type (Rear end detection - Z-phase reference)

-34 Count type (Front end detection - Z-phase reference)

-36 Stopper type (Stopper position reference)

-38 Dog type (Rear end detection - rear end reference)

-39 Count type (Front end detection - front end reference)

-40 Dog cradle type

-41 Dog type last Z-phase reference

-42 Dog type front end reference

-43 Dogless Z-phase reference

1 *1 Method 1 (Homing on negative limit switch and index pulse)

2 *1 Forward rotation (CCW) or positive direction

Method 2 (Homing on positive limit switch and index pulse)

3 Method 3 (Homing on positive home switch and index pulse)

4 Method 4 (Homing on positive home switch and index pulse)

5 Reverse rotation (CW) or negative direction

Method 5 (Homing on negative home switch and index pulse)

6 Method 6 (Homing on negative home switch and index pulse)

7 Forward rotation (CCW) or positive direction

Method 7 (Homing on home switch and index pulse)

8 Method 8 (Homing on home switch and index pulse)

9 *2 Method 9 (Homing on home switch and index pulse)

10 *2 Method 10 (Homing on home switch and index pulse)

11 Reverse rotation (CW) or negative direction

Method 11 (Homing on home switch and index pulse)

12 Method 12 (Homing on home switch and index pulse)

13 *2 Method 13 (Homing on home switch and index pulse)

14 *2 Method 14 (Homing on home switch and index pulse)

17 *2 Method 17 (Homing without index pulse)

18 *2 Forward rotation (CCW) or positive direction

Method 18 (Homing without index pulse)

19 Method 19 (Homing without index pulse)

20 Method 20 (Homing without index pulse)

21 Reverse rotation (CW) or negative direction

Method 21 (Homing without index pulse)

22 Method 22 (Homing without index pulse)

23 Forward rotation (CCW) or positive direction

Method 23 (Homing without index pulse)

24 Method 24 (Homing without index pulse)

27 Reverse rotation (CW) or negative direction

Method 27 (Homing without index pulse)

28 Method 28 (Homing without index pulse)

33 Method 33 (Homing on index pulse)

34 Forward rotation (CCW) or positive direction

Method 34 (Homing on index pulse)

35 Method 35 (Homing on index pulse)

37 Method 37 (Homing on current position)

2 1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.9 Positioning control setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PT_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PT49_Speed acceleration time constant (STA)]

Set the acceleration time taken by the motor to reach the rated speed from a full stop for the command.

For example, for a servo motor with a rated speed of 3000 [r/min], set 3000 [ms] to accelerate from 0 [r/min] to 1000 [r/min] in 1000 [ms]. This function corresponds to [Profile acceleration (Obj. 6083h)]. When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools. This function is enabled when [Pr. PT01.1 Speed/acceleration/deceleration unit selection] is set to "0". This function and [Pr. PV05 Profile acceleration] are mutually exclusive. Profile mode This function is enabled in the profile position mode and profile velocity mode. If a value larger than 20000 [ms] is set in the position mode, [AL. 0F4 Positioning warning] occurs. Positioning mode (point table method) This function is enabled in the JOG operation mode. If a value larger than 20000 [ms] is set in the JOG operation mode, [AL. 0F4 Positioning warning] occurs.

[Pr. PT50_Speed deceleration time constant (STB)]

Set the deceleration time from the rated speed to a motor stop for the command. This function corresponds to [Profile deceleration (Obj. 6084h)]. When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools. This function is enabled when [Pr. PT01.1 Speed/acceleration/deceleration unit selection] is set to "0". This function and [Pr. PV07 Profile deceleration] are mutually exclusive. Profile mode This function is enabled in the profile position mode and profile velocity mode. If a value larger than 20000 [ms] is set in the position mode, [AL. 0F4 Positioning warning] occurs. Positioning mode (point table method) This function is enabled in the JOG operation mode. If a value larger than 20000 [ms] is set in the JOG operation mode, [AL. 0F4 Positioning warning] occurs.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [ms] 0 to 50000 B2

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [pulse] 0 to 50000 B2

0 r/min (0 mm/s)

If the preset speed command is lower than the rated speed, acceleration/deceleration time will be shorter.

time

Setting value of [Pr. PT50]

Rated speed

Servo motor speed

Setting value of [Pr. PT49]

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.9 Positioning control setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PT_ _ ]) 113

11

[Pr. PT51_S-pattern acceleration/deceleration time constants (STC)]

Set the time of the arc part for S-pattern acceleration/deceleration time constants. This setting enables smooth start/stop of the servo motor. When "0" is set, linear acceleration/deceleration is performed.

This function is enabled in the profile position mode, profile velocity mode, and positioning mode (point table method). This function is disabled during homing. In the profile velocity mode, if a long acceleration or deceleration time is set, a timing error may occur on the arc part against the setting of the S-pattern acceleration deceleration time constants. The upper limit of the actual time for the arc part is limited to 2000000/acceleration time during acceleration and 2000000/ deceleration time during deceleration.

Ex.

At the setting of STA ([Pr. PT49 Speed acceleration time constant]) = 20000, STB ([Pr. PT50 Speed deceleration time constant]) = 5000, and STC = 200, the actual time for the arc part is as follows. During acceleration: 100 [ms] 2000000/20000 = 100 [ms] < 200 [ms] Therefore, the time is limited to 100 [ms]. During deceleration: 200 [ms] 2000000/5000 = 400 [ms] > 200 [ms] Therefore, it will be 200 [ms] as set. Profile position mode and positioning mode (point table method) If a value of 1000 [ms] or more is set, the value is clamped to 1000 [ms]. The setting is enabled at the next operation start.

[Pr. PT53_Torque slope (TQS)]

Set the rate of change in the torque command per second. When "0.0" is set, the torque slope is disabled. This function is enabled in the profile torque mode. This function corresponds to [Torque slope (Obj. 6087h)]. When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [ms] 0 to 5000 B2

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0.0 [%/s] 0.0 to 1000000.0 B2

0 [r/min] Ta

Ta + STC Tb

Tb + STC

Acceleration time constant

Servo motor speed

Rated speed

Preset speed

Deceleration time constant

Ta: Time taken to reach the preset speed Tb: Time taken to stop

4 1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.9 Positioning control setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PT_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PT55_Function selection T-10 (*TOP10)]

[Pr. PT55.0_Homing deceleration time constant selection]

Set a value to be used for the acceleration time constant and deceleration time constant at homing.

[Pr. PT56_Homing acceleration time constant (HMA)]

Set the acceleration time constant for the homing. Set the acceleration time taken for the motor to reach the rated speed from a full stop. When [Pr. PT55.0 Homing deceleration time constant selection] is set to "0", this servo parameter is used as the deceleration time constant at homing. This function corresponds to [Homing acceleration (Obj. 609Ah)]. When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools. This function is enabled when [Pr. PT01.1 Speed/acceleration/deceleration unit selection] is set to "0". This function and [Pr. PV15 Homing acceleration] are mutually exclusive.

[Pr. PT57_Homing deceleration time constant (HMB)]

Set the deceleration time constant at homing. Set the deceleration time from the rated speed to a motor stop. This servo parameter is enabled when [Pr. PT55.0 Homing deceleration time constant selection] is set to "1". This function is enabled when [Pr. PT01.1 Speed/acceleration/deceleration unit selection] is set to "0". This function and [Pr. PV17 Homing deceleration] are mutually exclusive.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

Setting value

Acceleration time constant Deceleration time constant

0 [Pr. PT56 Homing acceleration time constant] or [Pr. PV15 Homing acceleration]

1 [Pr. PT56 Homing acceleration time constant] or [Pr. PV15 Homing acceleration]

[Pr. PT57 Homing deceleration time constant] or [Pr. PV17 Homing deceleration]

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [ms] 0 to 20000 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [ms] 0 to 20000 A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.9 Positioning control setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PT_ _ ]) 115

11

[Pr. PT65_Profile speed command (PVC)]

This function is enabled in the profile position mode and positioning mode (point table method). This function corresponds to [Profile velocity (Obj. 6081h)]. When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools. This function is enabled when [Pr. PT01.1 Speed/acceleration/deceleration unit selection] is set to "0". This function and [Pr. PV01 Profile speed command extension setting] are mutually exclusive. Profile mode Set the profile speed command. If the set speed exceeds 8000 r/min (mm/s), the speed is clamped at 8000 r/min (mm/s). However, the set speed is clamped when [Pr. PT02.7 Internal position command - Process speed selection] is set to "0" (standard). Positioning mode (point table method) Set the JOG speed command.

[Pr. PT66_Maximum profile speed (MPVC)]

Set the maximum profile speed. This function is enabled in the profile position mode and profile velocity mode. This function corresponds to [Max profile velocity (Obj. 607Fh)]. When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools. This function is enabled when [Pr. PT01.1 Speed/acceleration/deceleration unit selection] is set to "0". This function and [Pr. PV03 Maximum profile speed extension setting] are mutually exclusive.

[Pr. PT67_Speed limit (VLMT)]

Set the maximum speed in the torque control. This function is enabled in the cyclic synchronous torque mode, the profile torque mode, and the continuous operation to torque control mode. This function corresponds to [Velocity limit value (Obj. 2D20h)]. When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools. The speed is 3000 r/min in the initial setting. Change the setting value according to the intended use. This function is enabled when [Pr. PT01.1 Speed/acceleration/deceleration unit selection] is set to "0". This function and [Pr. PV21 Speed limit extension setting] are mutually exclusive.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 100.00 [r/min], [mm/s] 0.00 to 21474836.47 B2

Initial value Setting range Ver. 20000.00 [r/min], [mm/s] 0.00 to 20000.00 B2

Initial value Setting range Ver. 3000.00 [r/min], [mm/s] 0.00 to 21474836.47 A4

6 1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.9 Positioning control setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PT_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PT68_Function selection T-11 (**TOP11)]

[Pr. PT68.0_Quick stop method selection]

Select the quick stop method. 2: Servo-off after Quick stop This function corresponds to [Quick stop option code (Obj. 605Ah)]. When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools.

[Pr. PT68.2_Temporary stop method selection]

Select a temporary stop method. 0: Automatic selection (deceleration to a stop method) 1: Deceleration to a stop method This function corresponds to [Halt option code (Obj. 605Dh)]. When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000002h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 2h Refer to the text A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.9 Positioning control setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PT_ _ ]) 117

11

1.10 Network setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PN_ _ ])

[Pr. PN02_Communication error - Detection time (CERT)]

For CC-Link IE TSN Set the threshold until network disconnecting and [AL. 086.2 Network communication error 2] are detected. The maximum setting range is 1000 ms. When "0" is set, the detection time is 10 ms.

Ex.

When "1000" is set, the set value becomes 1000 ms. When [Pr. PD41.2 Limit switch enabled status selection] is set to "1" and [Pr. PD41.3 Sensor input method selection] is set to "1", setting a large value in this parameter prevents the limit switch from working at an occurrence of a communication error, which may result in a collision. This servo parameter does not guarantee the time until network disconnecting. If an error such as an alive error occurs, network disconnecting may be executed before the time that is set in this servo parameter. For CC-Link IE Field Network Basic Set the threshold until [AL. 086.1 Network communication error 1] is detected. When "0" is set, the detection time is 1000 ms.

[Pr. PN05_Communication error - Detection frequency setting (CERI)]

Set the frequency until [AL. 086.5 Network communication error 5] and [AL. 086.6 Network communication error 6] are detected. The maximum setting range is 100 %. When "0" is set, the frequency is 8 %.

[Pr. PN13_Network protocol setting (**NPS)]

[Pr. PN13.0-3_Network protocol setting]

Set the network to be used. Setting a value other than the following triggers [AL. 037 Parameter error].

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [ms] 0 to 1000 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [%] 0 to 100 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0000h Refer to the text C0

Setting value of [Pr. PN13.0-3] Setting details 0000h CC-Link IE TSN

0004h CC-Link IE Field Network Basic

8 1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.10 Network setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PN_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PN20_Parameter automatic backup update interval (**PABI)]

This servo parameter can be used only with CC-Link IE TSN. Set the backup interval for a parameter automatic backup to be performed when the specified time passes on an hourly basis. When the value is set to "0", a parameter automatic backup when the specified time passes is not performed. When the set backup time is reached while the servo amplifier is not connected to a controller, and the power of the servo amplifier is cycled, even if a connection is established with the controller, backup operation is not immediately performed. There is a limit to the number of times to write to the data memory of the controller. When the number of connected axes is large and when backup operation is performed at short intervals, the maximum memory writing frequency of the controller may be reached earlier than the operating life. Therefore, be careful about the frequency of writing when performing a backup. You can check the frequency of writing so far with the special register in the CPU module. For details, refer to the CPU module user's manual. The estimated write interval per number of connected axes is as follows. 1 to 16 axes: Once every hour 17 to 32 axes: Once every two hours 33 to 64 axes: Once every four hours 65 or more axes: Once every six hours

Ex.

When "2" is set for the setting value of this servo parameter After the power is turned on, whether there is any difference between the previously delivered servo parameter and the current servo parameter is checked every two hours. When there is a difference, backup operation is performed.

[Pr. PN22_Function selection N-5 (**NOP5)]

[Pr. PN22.0_Default mapping mode selection]

This servo parameter can be used only with CC-Link IE Field Network Basic. Select a default mapping mode to be used with CC-Link IE Field Network Basic. 0: Mode 1 1: Mode 2

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [h] 0 to 1000 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 00000000h Refer to the relevant detail No. Refer to the relevant detail No.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0h Refer to the text C0

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.10 Network setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PN_ _ ]) 119

12

1.11 Positioning extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PV_ _ ])

[Pr. PV01_Profile speed command extension setting (PVC2)]

Set the speed command used in the profile position mode (pp) and JOG operation mode (jg). The unit can be changed to 0.001 mm/s, 0.0001 inch/s, 0.001 degree/s, or pulse/s with [Pr. PT01.2 Unit for position data]. This function is enabled when [Pr. PT01.1 Speed/acceleration/deceleration unit selection] is set to "1". This function and [Pr. PT65 Profile speed command] are mutually exclusive. The setting value will be clamped at the maximum speed. When changing the speed to the permissible speed, set the speed in [Pr. PA28.4 Speed range limit selection]. This function corresponds to [Profile velocity (Obj. 6081h)]. When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools.

[Pr. PV03_Maximum profile speed extension setting (MPVCE)]

Set the speed limit value of the profile position mode (pp), profile velocity mode (pv), and JOG operation mode (jg). The unit can be changed to 0.001 mm/s, 0.0001 inch/s, 0.001 degree/s, or pulse/s with [Pr. PT01.2 Unit for position data]. This function is enabled when [Pr. PT01.1 Speed/acceleration/deceleration unit selection] is set to "1". This function and [Pr. PT66 Maximum profile speed] are mutually exclusive. This function corresponds to [Max profile velocity (Obj. 607Fh)]. When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools.

[Pr. PV05_Profile acceleration (PACC)]

Set the acceleration used in the profile position mode (pp), profile velocity mode (pv), and JOG operation mode (jg). The unit can be changed to 0.001 mm/s2, 0.0001 inch/s2, or 0.001 degree/s2 or pulse/s2 with [Pr. PT01.2 Unit for position data]. When the setting value of this servo parameter is "0", the servo motor accelerates in accordance with the time constant set in [Pr. PT49 Speed acceleration time constant]. This function is enabled when [Pr. PT01.1 Speed/acceleration/deceleration unit selection] is set to "1". This function and [Pr. PT49] are mutually exclusive. This function corresponds to [Profile acceleration (Obj. 6083h)]. When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [Refer to the text below for the unit.] 0 to 4294967295 B2

Initial value Setting range Ver. 2147483647 [Refer to the text below for the unit.] 0 to 4294967295 B2

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [Refer to the text below for the unit.] 0 to 4294967295 B2

0 1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.11 Positioning extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PV_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PV07_Profile deceleration (PDEC)]

Set the deceleration used in the profile position mode (pp), profile velocity mode (pv), and JOG operation mode (jg). The unit can be changed to 0.001 mm/s2, 0.0001 inch/s2, or 0.001 degree/s2 or pulse/s2 with [Pr. PT01.2 Unit for position data]. When the setting value of this servo parameter is "0", the servo motor decelerates in accordance with the time constant set in [Pr. PT50 Speed deceleration time constant]. This function is enabled when [Pr. PT01.1] is set to "1". This function and [Pr. PT50] are mutually exclusive. This function corresponds to [Profile deceleration (Obj. 6084h)]. When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools.

[Pr. PV09_Deceleration at forced stop (RSBDEC)]

Set the deceleration to be used for the forced stop deceleration function. The unit can be changed to 0.001 mm/s2, 0.0001 inch/s2, or 0.001 degree/s2 or pulse/s2 with [Pr. PT01.2 Unit for position data]. When the setting value of this servo parameter is "0", the servo motor decelerates in accordance with the time constant set in [Pr. PC24 Deceleration time constant at forced stop]. This function is enabled when [Pr. PT01.1 Speed/acceleration/deceleration unit selection] is set to "1". This function and [Pr. PC24] are mutually exclusive. This function corresponds to [Quick stop deceleration (Obj. 6085h)]. When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools.

[Pr. PV11_Homing speed extension setting (ZRFE)]

Set the servo motor speed for homing. The unit can be changed to 0.001 mm/s, 0.0001 inch/s, 0.001 degree/s, or pulse/s with [Pr. PT01.2 Unit for position data]. This function is enabled when [Pr. PT01.1 Speed/acceleration/deceleration unit selection] is set to "1". This function and [Pr. PT05 Homing speed] are mutually exclusive. The setting value will be clamped at the maximum speed. When changing the speed to the permissible speed, set the speed in [Pr. PA28.4 Speed range limit selection]. This function corresponds to [Speed during search for switch (Obj. 6099h: 01h)]. When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [Refer to the text below for the unit.] 0 to 4294967295 B2

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [Refer to the text below for the unit.] 0 to 4294967295 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 500000 [Refer to the text below for the unit.] 0 to 4294967295 A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.11 Positioning extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PV_ _ ]) 121

12

[Pr. PV13_Creep speed extension setting (CRFE)]

When performing a homing, set the servo motor speed after proximity dog. The unit can be changed to 0.001 mm/s, 0.0001 inch/s, 0.001 degree/s, or pulse/s with [Pr. PT01.2 Unit for position data]. This function is enabled when [Pr. PT01.1 Speed/acceleration/deceleration unit selection] is set to "1". This function and [Pr. PT06 Creep speed] are mutually exclusive. The setting value will be clamped at the maximum speed. When changing the speed to the permissible speed, set the speed in [Pr. PA28.4 Speed range limit selection]. This function corresponds to [Speed during search for zero (Obj. 6099h: 02h)]. When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools.

[Pr. PV15_Homing acceleration (HMACC)]

Set the acceleration for homing. The unit can be changed to 0.001 mm/s2, 0.0001 inch/s2, or 0.001 degree/s2 or pulse/s2 with [Pr. PT01.2 Unit for position data]. When the setting value of this servo parameter is "0", the servo motor accelerates in accordance with the time constant set in [Pr. PT56 Homing acceleration time constant]. This function is enabled when [Pr. PT01.1 Speed/acceleration/deceleration unit selection] is set to "1". This function and [Pr. PT56] are mutually exclusive. When [Pr. PT55.0 Homing deceleration time constant selection] is set to "0", this function is used as the deceleration for homing. This function corresponds to [Homing acceleration (Obj. 609Ah)]. When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools.

[Pr. PV17_Homing deceleration (HMDEC)]

Set the deceleration for homing. The unit can be changed to 0.001 mm/s2, 0.0001 inch/s2, or 0.001 degree/s2 or pulse/s2 with [Pr. PT01.2 Unit for position data]. When the setting value of this servo parameter is "0", the servo motor decelerates in accordance with the time constant set in [Pr. PT57 Homing deceleration time constant]. This function is enabled when [Pr. PT01.1 Speed/acceleration/deceleration unit selection] is set to "1". This function and [Pr. PT57] are mutually exclusive. When "1" is selected for [Pr. PT55.0 Homing deceleration time constant selection], set the deceleration for homing. Selecting "0" in [Pr. PT55.0] will disable the setting value.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 100000 [Refer to the text below for the unit.] 0 to 4294967295 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [Refer to the text below for the unit.] 0 to 4294967295 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 [Refer to the text below for the unit.] 0 to 4294967295 A4

2 1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.11 Positioning extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PV_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PV19_Speed reached 2 - Output range - Extension setting (SA2RE)]

Set the speed range in which the speed reached 2 turns on in the profile velocity mode (pv). If the state where the error between the command speed and the servo motor speed is within the setting value of this servo parameter continues for the time set in [Pr. PC73 Speed reached 2 - Output filtering time] or longer, bit 10 (Target velocity reached) of [Statusword (Obj. 6041h)] turns on. The unit can be changed to 0.001 degrees/s or pulses/s with [Pr. PT01.2 Unit for position data]. This function is enabled when [Pr. PT01.1 Speed/acceleration/deceleration unit selection] is set to "1". This function and [Pr. PC72 Speed reached 2 - Output range] are mutually exclusive. This function corresponds to [Velocity window (Obj. 606Dh)]. When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools.

[Pr. PV20_Zero speed 2 level extension setting (ZSP2LE)]

Set the speed level at which the zero speed 2 turns on in the profile velocity mode (pv). If the state where the absolute value of the servo motor speed exceeds the setting value of this servo parameter continues for the time set in [Pr. PC66 Zero speed 2 filtering time] or longer, bit 12 (Speed) of [Statusword (Obj. 6041h)] turns off. The unit can be changed to 0.001 degrees/s or pulses/s with [Pr. PT01.2 Unit for position data]. This function is enabled when [Pr. PT01.1 Speed/acceleration/deceleration unit selection] is set to "1". This function and [Pr. PC65 Zero speed 2 level] are mutually exclusive. This function corresponds to [Velocity threshold (Obj. 606Fh)]. When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools.

[Pr. PV21_Speed limit extension setting (VLMTE)]

Set the speed limit value of the cyclic synchronous torque mode (cst), the profile torque mode (tq), and the continuous operation to torque control mode (ct). The unit can be changed to 0.001 degrees/s or pulses/s with [Pr. PT01.2 Unit for position data]. This function is enabled when [Pr. PT01.1 Speed/acceleration/deceleration unit selection] is set to "1". This function and [Pr. PV67 Speed limit] are mutually exclusive. This function corresponds to [Velocity limit value (Obj. 2D20h)]. When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 20000 [Refer to the text below for the unit.] 0 to 65535 B2

Initial value Setting range Ver. 20 [Refer to the text below for the unit.] 0 to 65535 B2

Initial value Setting range Ver. 2147483647 [Refer to the text below for the unit.] 0 to 4294967295 A4

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.11 Positioning extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PV_ _ ]) 123

12

[Pr. PV23_Speed unit conversion - Electronic gear numerator (*VCMX)]

Set the electric gear numerator for converting the speed (command unit/s) into a value in speed units. This function is enabled when [Pr. PT01.1 Speed/acceleration/deceleration unit selection] is set to "1".

[Pr. PV24_Speed unit conversion - Electronic gear denominator (*VCDV)]

Set the electric gear denominator for converting the speed command (command unit/s) into a value in speed units. This function is enabled when [Pr. PT01.1 Speed/acceleration/deceleration unit selection] is set to "1".

[Pr. PV25_Acceleration unit conversion - Electronic gear numerator (*ACMX)]

Set the electric gear numerator for converting the acceleration (command unit/s2) into a value in acceleration/deceleration units. This function is enabled when [Pr. PT01.1 Speed/acceleration/deceleration unit selection] is set to "1".

[Pr. PV26_Acceleration unit conversion - Electronic gear denominator (*ACDV)]

Set the electric gear denominator for converting the acceleration (command unit/s2) into a value in acceleration/deceleration units. This function is enabled when [Pr. PT01.1 Speed/acceleration/deceleration unit selection] is set to "1".

Initial value Setting range Ver. 1 1 to 1024 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 1 1 to 256 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 1 1 to 1024 A4

Initial value Setting range Ver. 1 1 to 256 A4

4 1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.11 Positioning extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PV_ _ ])

1

[Pr. PV29_Acceleration limit (ACCLMT)]

Set the acceleration limit value to be used in the profile position mode (pp), profile velocity mode (pv), homing mode (hm), and JOG operation mode (jg). The unit can be changed to 0.001 mm/s2, 0.0001 inch/s2, or 0.001 degree/s2 or pulse/s2 with [Pr. PT01.2 Unit for position data]. If this servo parameter is set to "0", the acceleration limit is disabled. This function is enabled when [Pr. PT01.1 Speed/acceleration/deceleration unit selection] is set to "1". The servo motor accelerates by the setting value of this servo parameter when the following conditions are met: The setting value of [Pr. PV05 Profile acceleration] is "0" in pp, pv, or jg mode The setting value of [Pr. PV15 Homing acceleration] is "0" in hm mode This function corresponds to [Max acceleration (Obj. 60C5h)]. When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools.

[Pr. PV31_Deceleration limit (DECLMT)]

Set the deceleration limit value to be used in the profile position mode (pp), profile velocity mode (pv), homing mode (hm), and JOG operation mode (jg). The unit can be changed to 0.001 mm/s2, 0.0001 inch/s2, or 0.001 degree/s2 or pulse/s2 with [Pr. PT01.2 Unit for position data]. If this servo parameter is set to "0", the deceleration limit is disabled. This function is enabled when [Pr. PT01.1 Speed/acceleration/deceleration unit selection] is set to "1". The servo motor decelerates by the setting value of this servo parameter when the following conditions are met: The setting value of [Pr. PV07 Profile deceleration] is "0" in pp, pv, or jg mode The setting value of [Pr. PV15 Homing acceleration] or [Pr. PV17 Homing deceleration] is "0" in hm mode This function corresponds to [Max deceleration (Obj. 60C6h)]. When the object is mapped to the cyclic communication, do not write values with engineering tools because the controller overwrites the servo parameter values written with engineering tools.

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 0 to 4294967295 C0

Initial value Setting range Ver. 0 0 to 4294967295 C0

1 SERVO PARAMETER DETAILS 1.11 Positioning extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PV_ _ ]) 125

12

2 LISTS OF SERVO PARAMETER SUPPORTED MODES

2.1 Structure The following shows the meaning of each abbreviation used in the lists. "" indicates the modes that can be used, and "" indicates the modes that cannot be used or modes that are not used even if set.

Mode List abbreviation Meaning Operation mode Standard Standard control mode

Linear Linear servo motor control mode

Control mode csp Cyclic synchronous position mode

csv Cyclic synchronous velocity mode

cst Cyclic synchronous torque mode

pp Profile position mode

pv Profile velocity mode

tq Profile torque mode

hm Homing mode

pt Point table mode

jg JOG operation mode

ct Continuous operation to torque control mode

6 2 LISTS OF SERVO PARAMETER SUPPORTED MODES 2.1 Structure

2

2.2 Lists of supported control modes Basic setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PA_ _ ]) No. Detail No. Operation mode Control mode

Standard Linear csp csv cst pp pv tq hm pt jg ct PA01 PA01.0

PA01.1

PA02 PA02.0-1

PA03 PA03.0

PA04 PA04.2

PA04.3

PA06

PA07

PA08 PA08.0

PA08.4

PA08.5

PA08.6

PA09

PA10

PA11

PA12

PA14

PA17

PA18 PA18.0-3

PA19

PA20 PA20.1

PA20.2

PA21 PA21.0

PA22 PA22.1

PA23 PA23.0-1

PA23.2-4

PA24 PA24.0

PA25

PA26 PA26.0

PA28 PA28.4

PA34

2 LISTS OF SERVO PARAMETER SUPPORTED MODES 2.2 Lists of supported control modes 127

12

Gain/filter setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PB_ _ ]) No. Detail No. Operation mode Control mode

Standard Linear csp csv cst pp pv tq hm pt jg ct PB01 PB01.0

PB01.3

PB02 PB02.0

PB02.1

PB03

PB04

PB06

PB07

PB08

PB09

PB10

PB11

PB12

PB13

PB14 PB14.1

PB14.2

PB15

PB16 PB16.0

PB16.1

PB16.2

PB17 PB17.0-1

PB17.2

PB18

PB19

PB20

PB21

PB22

PB23 PB23.0

PB23.1

PB23.3

PB24 PB24.0

PB24.1

PB25 PB25.0

PB26 PB26.0

PB26.1

PB26.2

PB26.4

PB26.5

PB27

PB28

PB29

PB30

PB31

PB32

PB33

PB34

PB35

PB36

8 2 LISTS OF SERVO PARAMETER SUPPORTED MODES 2.2 Lists of supported control modes

2

PB45 PB45.0-1

PB45.2

PB46

PB47 PB47.0

PB47.1

PB47.2

PB48

PB49 PB49.0

PB49.1

PB49.2

PB50

PB51 PB51.0

PB51.1

PB51.2

PB52

PB53

PB54

PB55

PB56

PB57

PB58

PB59

PB60

PB65

PB66

PB67

PB68

PB69

PB70

PB71

PB72

PB73

PB74

PB75

PB76

PB77

PB78

PB79

PB81 PB81.4

PB82

No. Detail No. Operation mode Control mode

Standard Linear csp csv cst pp pv tq hm pt jg ct

2 LISTS OF SERVO PARAMETER SUPPORTED MODES 2.2 Lists of supported control modes 129

13

Extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PC_ _ ]) No. Detail No. Operation mode Control mode

Standard Linear csp csv cst pp pv tq hm pt jg ct PC01

PC02

PC04 PC04.3

PC05 PC05.0

PC05.1

PC05.4

PC06 PC06.0

PC06.3

PC07

PC08

PC17 PC17.1

PC19 PC19.0

PC19.4

PC19.6

PC20 PC20.2

PC21 PC21.0

PC24

PC26 PC26.0

PC27 PC27.0

PC27.2

PC29 PC29.3

PC29.5

PC31

PC38

PC41 PC41.0

PC41.3

PC65

PC66

PC67

PC69

PC70

PC71

PC72

PC73

PC76 PC76.1

PC76.2

PC76.3

PC78 PC78.1

PC79 PC79.0-1

0 2 LISTS OF SERVO PARAMETER SUPPORTED MODES 2.2 Lists of supported control modes

2

I/O setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PD_ _ ])

Extension setting 2 servo parameters group ([Pr. PE_ _ ])

No. Detail No. Operation mode Control mode

Standard Linear csp csv cst pp pv tq hm pt jg ct PD01 PD01.0-7

PD03 PD03.0-1

PD04 PD04.0-1

PD05 PD05.0-1

PD07 PD07.0-1

PD08 PD08.0-1

PD09 PD09.0-1

PD11 PD11.0

PD12 PD12.3

PD13 PD13.2

PD14 PD14.1

PD41 PD41.2

PD41.3

PD60 PD60.0-7

No. Detail No. Operation mode Control mode

Standard Linear csp csv cst pp pv tq hm pt jg ct PE41 PE41.0

PE41.6

PE44

PE45

PE46

PE47

PE48 PE48.0

PE48.1

PE49

PE50

PE53

2 LISTS OF SERVO PARAMETER SUPPORTED MODES 2.2 Lists of supported control modes 131

13

Extension setting 3 servo parameters group ([Pr. PF_ _ ]) No. Detail No. Operation mode Control mode

Standard Linear csp csv cst pp pv tq hm pt jg ct PF02 PF02.4

PF02.5

PF06 PF06.0

PF12

PF21

PF23

PF24 PF24.0

PF25

PF29 PF29.1

PF31

PF32

PF34 PF34.6

PF80 PF80.0

PF80.2-3

PF81 PF81.0

PF82 PF82.0

PF82.1

PF82.2

PF82.3

PF84 PF84.0-1

PF84.2-3

PF84.4-5

PF85

PF86

PF87 PF87.0-2

PF87.4-6

PF88 PF88.0-2

PF88.4-6

PF89 PF89.0-2

PF89.4-6

PF90 PF90.0-2

PF91 PF91.0-3

PF91.4-7

PF92 PF92.0-3

PF92.4-7

PF93 PF93.0-3

PF93.4-7

PF94 PF94.0-3

PF94.4-7

PF95 PF95.0

2 2 LISTS OF SERVO PARAMETER SUPPORTED MODES 2.2 Lists of supported control modes

2

Motor extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PL_ _ ]) No. Detail No. Operation mode Control mode

Standard Linear csp csv cst pp pv tq hm pt jg ct PL01 PL01.0

PL01.2

PL02

PL03

PL04 PL04.0

PL04.3

PL05

PL06

PL07

PL08 PL08.0

PL08.2

PL09

PL17 PL17.0

PL17.1

PL18

2 LISTS OF SERVO PARAMETER SUPPORTED MODES 2.2 Lists of supported control modes 133

13

Positioning control setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PT_ _ ])

Network setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PN_ _ ])

No. Detail No. Operation mode Control mode

Standard Linear csp csv cst pp pv tq hm pt jg ct PT01 PT01.1

PT01.2

PT02 PT02.7

PT03 PT03.2

PT05

PT06

PT07

PT08

PT09

PT10

PT11

PT12

PT15

PT17

PT19

PT21

PT29 PT29.0

PT34 PT34.0

PT34.3

PT38 PT38.4

PT41 PT41.0

PT45

PT49

PT50

PT51

PT53

PT55 PT55.0

PT56

PT57

PT65

PT66

PT67

PT68 PT68.0

PT68.2

No. Detail No. Operation mode Control mode

Standard Linear csp csv cst pp pv tq hm pt jg ct PN02

PN05

PN13 PN13.0-3

PN20

PN22 PN22.0

4 2 LISTS OF SERVO PARAMETER SUPPORTED MODES 2.2 Lists of supported control modes

2

Positioning extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PV_ _ ]) No. Detail No. Operation mode Control mode

Standard Linear csp csv cst pp pv tq hm pt jg ct PV01

PV03

PV05

PV07

PV09

PV11

PV13

PV15

PV17

PV19

PV20

PV21

PV23

PV24

PV25

PV26

PV29

PV31

2 LISTS OF SERVO PARAMETER SUPPORTED MODES 2.2 Lists of supported control modes 135

13

3 LISTS OF SERVO PARAMETER INITIAL VALUES

3.1 Basic setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PA_ _ ]) No. Initial value Remark PA01 00003000h

PA02 00000000h

PA03 00000000h

PA04 00002000h

PA05 10000 For manufacturer setting

PA06 1

PA07 1

PA08 00000001h

PA09 16

PA10 1600

PA11 1000.0

PA12 1000.0

PA13 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PA14 0

PA15 4000 For manufacturer setting

PA16 1 For manufacturer setting

PA17 00000000h

PA18 00000000h

PA19 000000ABh

PA20 00000000h

PA21 00000001h

PA22 00000000h

PA23 00000000h

PA24 00000000h

PA25 0

PA26 00000000h

PA27 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PA28 00000000h

PA29 0 For manufacturer setting

PA30 0 For manufacturer setting

PA31 0 For manufacturer setting

PA32 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PA33 0.0 For manufacturer setting

PA34 0

PA35 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PA36 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PA37 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PA38 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PA39 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PA40 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PA41 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PA42 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PA43 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PA44 00000000h For manufacturer setting

6 3 LISTS OF SERVO PARAMETER INITIAL VALUES 3.1 Basic setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PA_ _ ])

3

3.2 Gain/filter setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PB_ _ ])

No. Initial value Remark PB01 00000000h

PB02 00000000h

PB03 36000

PB04 0

PB05 500 For manufacturer setting

PB06 7.00

PB07 15.0

PB08 37.0

PB09 823

PB10 33.7

PB11 980

PB12 0

PB13 4500

PB14 00000000h

PB15 4500

PB16 00000000h

PB17 00000000h

PB18 3141

PB19 100.0

PB20 100.0

PB21 0.00

PB22 0.00

PB23 00001000h

PB24 00000000h

PB25 00000000h

PB26 00000000h

PB27 10

PB28 1

PB29 7.00

PB30 0.0

PB31 0

PB32 0.0

PB33 0.0

PB34 0.0

PB35 0.00

PB36 0.00

PB37 1600 For manufacturer setting

PB38 0.000 For manufacturer setting

PB39 0.000 For manufacturer setting

PB40 0.000 For manufacturer setting

PB41 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PB42 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PB43 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PB44 0.00 For manufacturer setting

PB45 00000000h

PB46 4500

PB47 00000000h

PB48 4500

3 LISTS OF SERVO PARAMETER INITIAL VALUES 3.2 Gain/filter setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PB_ _ ]) 137

13

PB49 00000000h

PB50 4500

PB51 00000000h

PB52 100.0

PB53 100.0

PB54 0.00

PB55 0.00

PB56 0.0

PB57 0.0

PB58 0.00

PB59 0.00

PB60 0.0

PB61 0.0 For manufacturer setting

PB62 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PB63 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PB64 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PB65 10

PB66 1

PB67 7.00

PB68 0.0

PB69 0

PB70 0.0

PB71 0.0

PB72 0.0

PB73 0.00

PB74 0.00

PB75 0.0

PB76 0.0

PB77 0.00

PB78 0.00

PB79 0.0

PB80 177.0 For manufacturer setting

PB81 00000001h

PB82 0.0

PB83 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PB84 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PB85 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PB86 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PB87 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PB88 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PB89 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PB90 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PB91 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PB92 00000000h For manufacturer setting

No. Initial value Remark

8 3 LISTS OF SERVO PARAMETER INITIAL VALUES 3.2 Gain/filter setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PB_ _ ])

3

3.3 Extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PC_ _ ])

No. Initial value Remark PC01 0

PC02 0

PC03 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PC04 00000000h

PC05 00000000h

PC06 00000000h

PC07 50

PC08 0

PC09 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PC10 00000001h For manufacturer setting

PC11 0 For manufacturer setting

PC12 0 For manufacturer setting

PC13 0 For manufacturer setting

PC14 0 For manufacturer setting

PC15 0 For manufacturer setting

PC16 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PC17 00000000h

PC18 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PC19 00000000h

PC20 00000000h

PC21 00000000h

PC22 0 For manufacturer setting

PC23 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PC24 100

PC25 0 For manufacturer setting

PC26 00000050h

PC27 00000000h

PC28 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PC29 00101000h

PC30 0 For manufacturer setting

PC31 0

PC32 0 For manufacturer setting

PC33 0 For manufacturer setting

PC34 100 For manufacturer setting

PC35 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PC36 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PC37 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PC38 0

PC39 0.0 For manufacturer setting

PC40 0.0 For manufacturer setting

PC41 00000000h

PC42 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PC43 0.0 For manufacturer setting

PC44 0.0 For manufacturer setting

PC45 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PC46 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PC47 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PC48 00000000h For manufacturer setting

3 LISTS OF SERVO PARAMETER INITIAL VALUES 3.3 Extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PC_ _ ]) 139

14

PC49 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PC50 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PC51 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PC52 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PC53 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PC54 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PC55 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PC56 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PC57 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PC58 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PC59 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PC60 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PC61 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PC62 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PC63 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PC64 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PC65 50.00

PC66 10

PC67 00C00000h

PC68 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PC69 10

PC70 100

PC71 10

PC72 20.00

PC73 10

PC74 10.0 For manufacturer setting

PC75 10 For manufacturer setting

PC76 00000001h

PC77 1000.0 For manufacturer setting

PC78 00000000h

PC79 00000000h

PC80 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PC81 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PC82 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PC83 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PC84 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PC85 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PC86 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PC87 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PC88 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PC89 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PC90 00000000h For manufacturer setting

No. Initial value Remark

0 3 LISTS OF SERVO PARAMETER INITIAL VALUES 3.3 Extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PC_ _ ])

3

3.4 I/O setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PD_ _ ]) No. Initial value Remark PD01 00000000h

PD02 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD03 0000000Ah

PD04 0000000Bh

PD05 00000022h

PD06 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD07 00000005h

PD08 00000004h

PD09 00000003h

PD10 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD11 00000007h

PD12 00000101h

PD13 00000000h

PD14 00000000h

PD15 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD16 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD17 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD18 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD19 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD20 0 For manufacturer setting

PD21 0 For manufacturer setting

PD22 0 For manufacturer setting

PD23 0 For manufacturer setting

PD24 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD25 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD26 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD27 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD28 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD29 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD30 0 For manufacturer setting

PD31 0 For manufacturer setting

PD32 0 For manufacturer setting

PD33 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD34 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD35 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD36 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD37 00110001h For manufacturer setting

PD38 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD39 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD40 0 For manufacturer setting

PD41 00000000h

PD42 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD43 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD44 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD45 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD46 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD47 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD48 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD49 0 For manufacturer setting

PD50 0 For manufacturer setting

3 LISTS OF SERVO PARAMETER INITIAL VALUES 3.4 I/O setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PD_ _ ]) 141

14

PD51 00000062h For manufacturer setting

PD52 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD53 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD54 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD55 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD56 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD57 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD58 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD59 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD60 00000000h

PD61 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD62 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD63 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD64 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD65 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD66 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD67 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD68 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD69 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD70 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD71 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PD72 00000000h For manufacturer setting

No. Initial value Remark

2 3 LISTS OF SERVO PARAMETER INITIAL VALUES 3.4 I/O setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PD_ _ ])

3

3.5 Extension setting 2 servo parameters group ([Pr. PE_ _ ])

No. Initial value Remark PE01 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE02 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE03 00000003h For manufacturer setting

PE04 1 For manufacturer setting

PE05 1 For manufacturer setting

PE06 400 For manufacturer setting

PE07 100 For manufacturer setting

PE08 10 For manufacturer setting

PE09 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE10 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE11 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE12 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE13 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE14 00000111h For manufacturer setting

PE15 20 For manufacturer setting

PE16 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE17 00000100h For manufacturer setting

PE18 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE19 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE20 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE21 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE22 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE23 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE24 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE25 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE26 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE27 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE28 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE29 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE30 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE31 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE32 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE33 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE34 1 For manufacturer setting

PE35 1 For manufacturer setting

PE36 0.0 For manufacturer setting

PE37 0.00 For manufacturer setting

PE38 0.00 For manufacturer setting

PE39 20 For manufacturer setting

PE40 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE41 00000000h

PE42 0 For manufacturer setting

PE43 0.0 For manufacturer setting

PE44 0

PE45 0

PE46 0

PE47 0

PE48 00000000h

3 LISTS OF SERVO PARAMETER INITIAL VALUES 3.5 Extension setting 2 servo parameters group ([Pr. PE_ _ ]) 143

14

PE49 0

PE50 0

PE51 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE52 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE53 0.0

PE54 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE55 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE56 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE57 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE58 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE59 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE60 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE61 0.000 For manufacturer setting

PE62 0.000 For manufacturer setting

PE63 0.000 For manufacturer setting

PE64 0.000 For manufacturer setting

PE65 0.0 For manufacturer setting

PE66 0.0 For manufacturer setting

PE67 0.0 For manufacturer setting

PE68 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE69 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE70 0.00 For manufacturer setting

PE71 0 For manufacturer setting

PE72 1.0000 For manufacturer setting

PE73 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE74 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE75 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE76 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE77 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE78 0 For manufacturer setting

PE79 0 For manufacturer setting

PE80 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE81 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE82 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE83 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE84 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE85 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE86 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE87 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PE88 00000000h For manufacturer setting

No. Initial value Remark

4 3 LISTS OF SERVO PARAMETER INITIAL VALUES 3.5 Extension setting 2 servo parameters group ([Pr. PE_ _ ])

3

3.6 Extension setting 3 servo parameters group ([Pr. PF_ _ ])

No. Initial value Remark PF01 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PF02 00000000h

PF03 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PF04 0 For manufacturer setting

PF05 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PF06 00000013h

PF07 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PF08 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PF09 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PF10 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PF11 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PF12 2000

PF13 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PF14 10 For manufacturer setting

PF15 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PF16 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PF17 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PF18 10 For manufacturer setting

PF19 0 For manufacturer setting

PF20 0 For manufacturer setting

PF21 0

PF22 200 For manufacturer setting

PF23 20

PF24 00000000h

PF25 200

PF26 0 For manufacturer setting

PF27 0 For manufacturer setting

PF28 0 For manufacturer setting

PF29 00000000h

PF30 0 For manufacturer setting

PF31 0

PF32 50

PF33 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PF34 00000000h

PF35 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PF36 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PF37 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PF38 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PF39 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PF40 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PF41 0 For manufacturer setting

PF42 0 For manufacturer setting

PF43 0 For manufacturer setting

PF44 0 For manufacturer setting

PF45 0 For manufacturer setting

PF46 0 For manufacturer setting

PF47 0 For manufacturer setting

PF48 00000000h For manufacturer setting

3 LISTS OF SERVO PARAMETER INITIAL VALUES 3.6 Extension setting 3 servo parameters group ([Pr. PF_ _ ]) 145

14

PF49 100 For manufacturer setting

PF50 100 For manufacturer setting

PF51 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PF52 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PF53 0 For manufacturer setting

PF54 0 For manufacturer setting

PF55 0 For manufacturer setting

PF56 0 For manufacturer setting

PF57 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PF58 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PF59 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PF60 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PF61 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PF62 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PF63 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PF64 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PF65 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PF66 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PF67 0 For manufacturer setting

PF68 0 For manufacturer setting

PF69 0 For manufacturer setting

PF70 0 For manufacturer setting

PF71 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PF72 0 For manufacturer setting

PF73 0 For manufacturer setting

PF74 0 For manufacturer setting

PF75 0 For manufacturer setting

PF76 0 For manufacturer setting

PF77 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PF78 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PF79 00110010h For manufacturer setting

PF80 00000000h

PF81 00000000h

PF82 00000000h

PF83 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PF84 005A8101h

PF85 0

PF86 0

PF87 00020201h

PF88 02040003h

PF89 00090205h

PF90 0000000Ch

PF91 00120000h

PF92 80058010h

PF93 8000800Ah

PF94 801D8015h

PF95 00000000h

PF96 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PF97 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PF98 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PF99 00000000h For manufacturer setting

No. Initial value Remark

6 3 LISTS OF SERVO PARAMETER INITIAL VALUES 3.6 Extension setting 3 servo parameters group ([Pr. PF_ _ ])

3

3.7 Motor extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PL_ _ ])

No. Initial value Remark PL01 00000301h

PL02 1000

PL03 1000

PL04 00000003h

PL05 0

PL06 0

PL07 100

PL08 00001010h

PL09 30

PL10 5 For manufacturer setting

PL11 100 For manufacturer setting

PL12 500 For manufacturer setting

PL13 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL14 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL15 20 For manufacturer setting

PL16 0 For manufacturer setting

PL17 00000000h

PL18 0

PL19 0 For manufacturer setting

PL20 0 For manufacturer setting

PL21 0 For manufacturer setting

PL22 0 For manufacturer setting

PL23 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL24 0 For manufacturer setting

PL25 0 For manufacturer setting

PL26 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL27 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL28 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL29 0 For manufacturer setting

PL30 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL31 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL32 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL33 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL34 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL35 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL36 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL37 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL38 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL39 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL40 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL41 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL42 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL43 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL44 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL45 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL46 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL47 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL48 00000000h For manufacturer setting

3 LISTS OF SERVO PARAMETER INITIAL VALUES 3.7 Motor extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PL_ _ ]) 147

14

PL49 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL50 0 For manufacturer setting

PL51 0 For manufacturer setting

PL52 12 For manufacturer setting

PL53 0 For manufacturer setting

PL54 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL55 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL56 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL57 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL58 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL59 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL60 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL61 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL62 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL63 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL64 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL65 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL66 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL67 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL68 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL69 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL70 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL71 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PL72 00000000h For manufacturer setting

No. Initial value Remark

8 3 LISTS OF SERVO PARAMETER INITIAL VALUES 3.7 Motor extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PL_ _ ])

3

3.8 Positioning control setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PT_ _ ])

No. Initial value Remark PT01 00000300h

PT02 00000001h

PT03 00000000h

PT04 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PT05 100.00

PT06 10.00

PT07 0

PT08 0

PT09 1000

PT10 100

PT11 15.0

PT12 0

PT13 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PT14 0 For manufacturer setting

PT15 0

PT16 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PT17 0

PT18 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PT19 0

PT20 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PT21 0

PT22 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PT23 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PT24 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PT25 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PT26 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PT27 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PT28 8 For manufacturer setting

PT29 00000000h

PT30 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PT31 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PT32 00000100h For manufacturer setting

PT33 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PT34 00000000h

PT35 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PT36 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PT37 10 For manufacturer setting

PT38 00000000h

PT39 100 For manufacturer setting

PT40 0 For manufacturer setting

PT41 00000010h

PT42 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PT43 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PT44 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PT45 37

PT46 0 For manufacturer setting

PT47 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PT48 00000000h For manufacturer setting

3 LISTS OF SERVO PARAMETER INITIAL VALUES 3.8 Positioning control setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PT_ _ ]) 149

15

PT49 0

PT50 0

PT51 0

PT52 0 For manufacturer setting

PT53 0.0

PT54 0 For manufacturer setting

PT55 00000000h

PT56 0

PT57 0

PT58 100.00 For manufacturer setting

PT59 500.00 For manufacturer setting

PT60 1000.00 For manufacturer setting

PT61 200.00 For manufacturer setting

PT62 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PT63 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PT64 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PT65 100.00

PT66 20000.00

PT67 3000.00

PT68 00000002h

PT69 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PT70 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PT71 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PT72 1 For manufacturer setting

PT73 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PT74 1 For manufacturer setting

PT75 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PT76 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PT77 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PT78 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PT79 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PT80 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PT81 0 For manufacturer setting

PT82 0 For manufacturer setting

PT83 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PT84 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PT85 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PT86 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PT87 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PT88 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PT89 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PT90 00000000h For manufacturer setting

No. Initial value Remark

0 3 LISTS OF SERVO PARAMETER INITIAL VALUES 3.8 Positioning control setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PT_ _ ])

3

3.9 Network setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PN_ _ ])

No. Initial value Remark PN01 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PN02 0

PN03 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PN04 0 For manufacturer setting

PN05 0

PN06 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PN07 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PN08 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PN09 1 For manufacturer setting

PN10 0 For manufacturer setting

PN11 3600 For manufacturer setting

PN12 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PN13 00000000h

PN14 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PN15 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PN16 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PN17 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PN18 0 For manufacturer setting

PN19 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PN20 0

PN21 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PN22 00000000h

PN23 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PN24 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PN25 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PN26 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PN27 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PN28 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PN29 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PN30 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PN31 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PN32 00000000h For manufacturer setting

3 LISTS OF SERVO PARAMETER INITIAL VALUES 3.9 Network setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PN_ _ ]) 151

15

3.10 Positioning extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PV_ _ ])

No. Initial value Remark PV01 0

PV02 0 For manufacturer setting

PV03 2147483647

PV04 0 For manufacturer setting

PV05 0

PV06 0 For manufacturer setting

PV07 0

PV08 0 For manufacturer setting

PV09 0

PV10 0 For manufacturer setting

PV11 500000

PV12 0 For manufacturer setting

PV13 100000

PV14 0 For manufacturer setting

PV15 0

PV16 0 For manufacturer setting

PV17 0

PV18 0 For manufacturer setting

PV19 20000

PV20 20

PV21 2147483647

PV22 0 For manufacturer setting

PV23 1

PV24 1

PV25 1

PV26 1

PV27 1 For manufacturer setting

PV28 1 For manufacturer setting

PV29 0

PV30 00000000h For manufacturer setting

PV31 0

PV32 00000000h For manufacturer setting

2 3 LISTS OF SERVO PARAMETER INITIAL VALUES 3.10 Positioning extension setting servo parameters group ([Pr. PV_ _ ])

4

4 SERVO PARAMETER SETTING METHOD Servo parameters can be set using the methods shown below. Set the servo parameters using one of these methods.

4.1 Engineering tool Servo parameters can be set using an engineering tool manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric such as MR Configurator2. Connect a personal computer and the servo amplifier via a USB cable or a network. For details on how to set servo parameters, refer to Help or the manual for the engineering tool.

4.2 Object dictionary The servo parameters can be changed by writing values on servo parameter objects. The servo parameters can also be changed with objects other than the servo parameter objects that interlock and change with the servo parameters. An example is shown in the table below. Note that if the power is cycled, the changed settings are not retained at the next startup. To retain the changed settings even after cycling the power, save the servo parameter setting value to the non-volatile memory by using [Store Parameters (Obj. 1010h)]. To change the setting of the parameters in which the setting changes are reflected by cycling the power or by resetting the software (parameters whose symbols are preceded by **), change the value of the corresponding object, execute [Store Parameters (Obj. 1010h)], and then cycle the power or reset the software.

Servo parameter Servo parameter object An object other than the servo parameter object that interlocks and changes with the servo parameter

[Pr. PT45 Homing method] [PT45 (Obj. 24ADh)] [Homing method (Obj. 6098h)]

4 SERVO PARAMETER SETTING METHOD 4.1 Engineering tool 153

15

MEMO

4 4 SERVO PARAMETER SETTING METHOD 4.2 Object dictionary

5

5 NETWORK PARAMETER DETAILS Network parameters are used to set IP addresses and other information necessary to connect the servo amplifier with the controllers and other network equipment. In this chapter, an outline of the network parameters and the contents of each setting are explained. The network function of the servo amplifier is set with the network parameters. The network parameters are stored in the non- volatile memory of the servo amplifier, and are set to the initial value when using the factory setting. Change the settings as necessary. Refer to the following for the setting methods. Page 153 SERVO PARAMETER SETTING METHOD

Restrictions Depending on the model of the motion module, servo amplifier firmware version, and MR Configurator2 software version, some network parameters and ranges cannot be set. Refer to the Mitsubishi Electric FA site for the latest software version of MR Configurator2. In addition, the firmware version of the servo amplifier can be checked with MR Configurator2, objects, or by other means.

Precautions Do not change the network parameter settings as described below. Doing so may cause an unexpected condition, such as failing to start up the servo amplifier. Changing the values of the network parameters for manufacturer setting. Setting a value outside the range Changing the fixed value in each digit If the method for reflecting the setting value of the network parameter is not stated, the value is enabled at the moment that it is changed. Some of the network parameters support SLMP communication. For example, SLMP commands (IPAddressSet) are written to the IP addresses of the network parameters.

5 NETWORK PARAMETER DETAILS 155

15

5.1 Network basic parameters [Pr. NPA01_IP address setting]

For the setting of IP addresses which are necessary for communication, select whether to use the rotary switches or to use network parameters to obtain the IP addresses. To enable this network parameter, cycle the power or reset the software after setting. This network parameter cannot be rewritten via the parameter automatic setting.

The initial value of the IP address is as follows.

Initial value Setting range Size Ver. 0 Refer to the text 4 bytes A4

Setting value Rotary switches (SW1/SW2) IP address 0: The rotary switch is used.

00h 1st octet The 1st octet of the setting value in [Pr. NPA02] is used.

2nd octet The 2nd octet of the setting value in [Pr. NPA02] is used.

3rd octet The 3rd octet of the setting value in [Pr. NPA02] is used.

4th octet The 4th octet of the setting value in [Pr. NPA02] is used.

01h to FEh 1st octet The 1st octet of the setting value in [Pr. NPA02] is used.

2nd octet The 2nd octet of the setting value in [Pr. NPA02] is used.

3rd octet The 3rd octet of the setting value in [Pr. NPA02] is used.

4th octet The setting value of the rotary switch (SW1/SW2) is used.

FFh 1st octet Not used

2nd octet

3rd octet

4th octet

1: Network parameters are used.

1st octet The 1st octet of the setting value in [Pr. NPA02] is used.

2nd octet The 2nd octet of the setting value in [Pr. NPA02] is used.

3rd octet The 3rd octet of the setting value in [Pr. NPA02] is used.

4th octet The 4th octet of the setting value in [Pr. NPA02] is used.

Item Initial value IP address 192.168.3.1

Subnet mask 255.255.255.0

6 5 NETWORK PARAMETER DETAILS 5.1 Network basic parameters

5

[Pr. NPA02_IP address]

Set the IP address. Set each octet to a value between 0 to 255. In the eight digits of hexadecimal, the first to fourth octets are expressed with each pair of digits.

Set the IP address assigned by the network administrator. Refer to the following for the relation to the rotary switch. Page 156 [Pr. NPA01_IP address setting] When SLMP command (IPAddressSet) is received at the time of IP address delivery from the controller, this network parameter is overwritten with the received IP address. To enable this network parameter, cycle the power or reset the software after setting. This network parameter cannot be rewritten via the parameter automatic setting.

[Pr. NPA04_Subnet mask]

Set the subnet mask. Set each octet to a value between 0 to 255. In the eight digits of hexadecimal, the first to fourth octets are expressed with each pair of digits.

Set the subnet mask assigned by the network administrator. When SLMP command (IPAddressSet) is received at the time of IP address delivery from the controller, this network parameter is overwritten with the received subnet mask. To enable this network parameter, cycle the power or reset the software after setting. This network parameter cannot be rewritten via the parameter automatic setting.

Initial value Setting range Size Ver. 192.168.3.1 (C0A80301h) Refer to the text 4 bytes A4

Initial value Setting range Size Ver. 255.255.255.0 (FFFFFF00h) Refer to the text 4 bytes A4

4th octet

Two digits

Two digits

Two digits

Two digits

3rd octet

2nd octet

1st octet

4th octet

Two digits

Two digits

Two digits

Two digits

3rd octet

2nd octet

1st octet

5 NETWORK PARAMETER DETAILS 5.1 Network basic parameters 157

15

[Pr. NPA08_Host name]

Select a host name. Set a character string of up to 63 characters for the host name. The characters that can be input as the host name are 0 to 9, A to Z, a to z, hyphen (-), period (.), colon (:), and underscore (_). This network parameter can be obtained with SLMP command (NodeSearch). This network parameter can be set with SLMP command (IPAddressSet).

[Pr. NPA12_Communication speed]

Set the communication speed. 1: 100 Mbps 2: Network automatic setting To enable this network parameter, cycle the power or reset the software after setting. Details of the communication speed are as follows:

*1 Available on servo amplifiers with firmware version C0 or later.

Initial value Setting range Size Ver. 0 (All NULL) 63 characters (Refer to the text.) 64 bytes A4

Initial value Setting range Size Ver. 00000002h Refer to the text 4 bytes B6

[Pr. PN13.0-3 Network protocol setting] [Pr. NPA12] Communication speed 0000h (CC-Link IE TSN) (initial value) 2 (initial value) 1 Gbps

0000h (CC-Link IE TSN) (initial value) 1 100 Mbps

0004h (CC-Link IE Field Network Basic) *1 2 (initial value) 100 Mbps

0004h (CC-Link IE Field Network Basic) *1 1 100 Mbps

8 5 NETWORK PARAMETER DETAILS 5.1 Network basic parameters

5

5.2 User authentication parameters [Pr. NPB01_User authentication and authorization setting]

Set the connection method to use for setting the user authentication parameter. To enable this network parameter, cycle the power or reset the software after setting. When this network parameter is set to "1" (USB only), the user authentication parameter cannot be rewritten via the parameter automatic setting.

[Pr. NPB04_User name No.1]

Set the user name to use when accessing the FTP server function of the servo amplifier. Set the user name in accordance with the following restrictions. If a blank (0 character) user name is set, that account will be disabled.

If the set user name is identical to an existing account, password and authorization level parameters linked to said user name may be disabled. Ensure that no duplicate user names are set.

[Pr. NPB05_Authorization level No.1]

Set the authorization level for the user (No.1). Refer to the following table for details.

Initial value Setting range Size Ver. 00000000h Refer to the text 4 bytes B2

Setting value Authorization Description 0 Full access possible The user authentication parameter can be set via either a USB or Ethernet

connection.

1 USB only The user authentication parameter can only be set via a USB connection.

Initial value Setting range Size Ver. user 32 characters 36 bytes B2

Number of characters Type of characters 1 to 32 Single-byte letters (uppercase)

Single-byte letters (lowercase) Single-byte numeric characters

Initial value Setting range Size Ver. 00000001h Refer to the text 4 bytes B2

Network parameter No. Setting digit (BIN) Description [Pr. NPB05.0] _ _ _ x Firmware update permission selection

0: Prohibited 1: Permitted When "1" (permitted) is set, firmware updates can be performed via the FTP server function.

_ _ x _ For manufacturer setting

_ x _ _ Drive recorder data readout permission selection 0: Prohibited 1: Permitted When "1" (permitted) is set, readout of the recorded data in the drive recorder can be performed via the FTP server function.

x _ _ _ For manufacturer setting

[Pr. NPB05.1] [Pr. NPB05.2] [Pr. NPB05.3] [Pr. NPB05.4] [Pr. NPB05.5] [Pr. NPB05.6] [Pr. NPB05.7]

For manufacturer setting For manufacturer setting

5 NETWORK PARAMETER DETAILS 5.2 User authentication parameters 159

16

[Pr. NPB06_Password No.1]

Set the password to use when accessing the FTP server function of the servo amplifier. Set the password in accordance with the following restrictions.

[Pr. NPB07_User name No.2]

Set the user name (No.2) to use when accessing the FTP server function of the servo amplifier. Page 159 [Pr. NPB04_User name No.1]

[Pr. NPB08_Authorization level No.2]

Set the authorization level for the user (No.2). Page 159 [Pr. NPB05_Authorization level No.1]

[Pr. NPB09_Password No.2]

Set the password (No.2) to use when accessing the FTP server function of the servo amplifier. Page 160 [Pr. NPB06_Password No.1]

[Pr. NPB10_User name No.3]

Set the user name (No.3) to use when accessing the FTP server function of the servo amplifier. Page 159 [Pr. NPB04_User name No.1]

[Pr. NPB11_Authorization level No.3]

Set the authorization level for the user (No.3). Page 159 [Pr. NPB05_Authorization level No.1]

[Pr. NPB12_Password No.3]

Set the password (No.3) to use when accessing the FTP server function of the servo amplifier. Page 160 [Pr. NPB06_Password No.1]

Initial value Setting range Size Ver. user B2

Number of characters Type of characters 4 to 32 Single-byte letters (uppercase)

Single-byte letters (lowercase) Single-byte numeric characters Special characters

"Special characters" refers to the following characters: ` ~ ! @ # $ % ^ & * ( ) _ + - = { } | : " ; ' < > ? , . / [ ] (additionally, a single-byte space can be used).

Initial value Setting range Size Ver. 0 (All NULL) 32 characters 36 bytes B2

Initial value Setting range Size Ver. 00000000h Refer to the text 4 bytes B2

Initial value Setting range Size Ver. B2

Initial value Setting range Size Ver. 0 (All NULL) 32 characters 36 bytes B2

Initial value Setting range Size Ver. 00000000h Refer to the text 4 bytes B2

Initial value Setting range Size Ver. B2